1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
786 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
787 it with what you just typed.
792 to get back the lost text.
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
802 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
805 \begin_layout Standard
808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
810 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
815 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
827 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
828 will start a new paragraph.
831 \begin_layout Standard
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
833 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Section
940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
952 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
953 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
962 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
968 to undo some mistake.
969 If you accidentally undo too much, use
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
982 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
989 it was last saved, the
990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
997 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
998 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1010 work on almost everything in LyX.
1011 They have some quirks, too.
1020 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1021 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1029 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1030 surely appreciate how it works.
1033 \begin_layout Section
1035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1036 name "Mouse Operations"
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1047 \begin_layout Enumerate
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1057 once anywhere in the edit window.
1058 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1079 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1082 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1085 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1102 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1103 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1104 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1123 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1126 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1140 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1141 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1143 LyX's default is CUA.
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1173 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1184 description "Tabulator key"
1190 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1191 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1194 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1204 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sub:Lists"
1213 If you're still confused, look in the
1220 \begin_layout Labeling
1221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1227 description "Escape key"
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1242 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1258 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 There are three modifier keys:
1266 \begin_layout Labeling
1267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1287 description "Control key"
1291 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1292 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1296 \begin_layout Itemize
1305 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1308 \begin_layout Itemize
1317 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1320 \begin_layout Itemize
1329 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1333 \begin_layout Labeling
1334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1354 description "Shift key"
1358 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1359 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1362 \begin_layout Labeling
1363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1381 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1383 description "Meta or Alt key"
1387 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1388 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1389 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1395 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1397 menu accelerator keys
1400 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1401 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 For example, the sequence
1407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 There are also other things bound to the
1463 key, but you'll have to check in the
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1477 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1478 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1479 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1480 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1481 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1482 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 followed by a capital
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1522 \begin_layout Chapter
1524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1532 \begin_layout Section
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 name "Document ! Types"
1542 \begin_layout Subsection
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1548 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1549 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1550 numbering schemes, and so on.
1551 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1552 and format the title of your document differently.
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1560 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1561 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1562 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1563 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1564 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1569 how to adjust their properties.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1575 name "Document ! Classes"
1580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1581 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 Article for basic articles
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 Report for basic reports
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Book for writing a book
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Letter for US-style letters
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1616 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1617 can be found in chapter
1619 Special Document Classes
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1632 \begin_layout Description
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1648 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1652 \begin_layout Description
1653 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1654 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1655 There are three article layouts available.
1656 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1657 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1658 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1659 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 sequential numbering
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1668 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1669 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1670 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1671 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1674 \begin_layout Description
1675 Beamer Layout for presentations
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1680 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1686 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1693 \begin_layout Description
1696 Die TeXnische Komödie
1698 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1702 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Foils Used to make transparencies
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1715 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1721 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1734 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1741 \begin_layout Description
1746 LaTeX document class
1749 \begin_layout Description
1750 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1753 \begin_layout Description
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1765 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1766 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1768 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1771 \begin_layout Description
1772 Slides Used to make transparencies
1775 \begin_layout Description
1777 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1778 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1785 \begin_layout Description
1790 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1802 of the document classes.
1805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 You can select a class using the
1812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1815 name "Document ! Settings"
1822 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 Each class has a default set of options.
1832 Here's a quick table describing them:
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset Tabular
1845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1901 \begin_layout Standard
1916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <row topline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1992 \begin_layout Standard
2007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2010 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <row topline="true">
2027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <row topline="true">
2118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2212 \begin_layout Standard
2226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 You're probably also wondering what
2314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2324 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2329 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2334 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2344 headings, there are also
2352 headings, and so on.
2353 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sub:Headings"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Layout"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2380 name "Document ! Settings"
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2403 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2405 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2406 to use for your document.
2407 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2411 \begin_layout Standard
2421 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2422 You can choose between the following five options:
2425 \begin_layout Labeling
2426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2431 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2434 \begin_layout Labeling
2435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2440 No page numbers or headings.
2443 \begin_layout Labeling
2444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2452 \begin_layout Labeling
2453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2458 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2459 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2460 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2463 \begin_layout Labeling
2464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2469 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2474 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2481 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2482 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2484 Check the documentation for the
2488 package for more details,
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2502 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2505 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2512 \begin_layout Subsection
2513 Paper Size and Orientation
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2515 name "Document ! Paper size"
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2521 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 You'll find the following options in the menu
2534 of the dialog of the
2536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2543 name "Document ! Settings"
2550 \begin_layout Labeling
2551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2556 What size paper to print on.
2560 \begin_layout Itemize
2566 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2588 \begin_layout Itemize
2594 \begin_layout Itemize
2600 \begin_layout Itemize
2606 \begin_layout Labeling
2607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2612 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2623 \begin_layout Labeling
2624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2627 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2634 \begin_layout Subsection
2636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2637 name "Document ! Margins"
2642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 Paper margins are set in the menu
2659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 name "Document ! Settings"
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2674 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2675 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2676 the paper format and the font size into account.
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2689 That includes the paragraph environments.
2690 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2691 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2692 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2693 paragraph environments to
2697 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2698 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2699 the conversion and why it failed.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2712 \begin_layout Subsection
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2743 language than English.
2744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2749 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2752 LyX takes care of that.
2753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2757 of a page, and so on.
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2772 of these pre-coded spacings.
2773 We'll explain more later.
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2777 Paragraph Separation
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2779 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 To separate paragraphs, select
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Document ! Settings"
2811 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2812 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2813 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2830 reference "cap:Units"
2835 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2851 dialog and toggle the
2856 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2857 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2858 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2864 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2867 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2870 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2883 name "Document ! Settings"
2889 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2903 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2909 installed to use this feature.
2917 \begin_layout Section
2918 Paragraph Environments
2919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2920 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2925 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2926 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2932 name "Paragraph environments|("
2939 \begin_layout Subsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2967 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2968 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2969 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2978 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 A paragraph environment is simply a
2983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2990 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2991 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2992 scheme, labels, and so on.
2993 Additionally, you can
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3002 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3003 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3004 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3005 days of typewriters.
3006 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3008 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3014 LyX will change the environment of the
3018 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3019 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3020 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3033 create a new paragraph using the
3037 paragraph environment.
3039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 because if you are in one of these environments:
3049 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 \begin_layout Itemize
3061 \begin_layout Itemize
3067 \begin_layout Itemize
3073 \begin_layout Itemize
3079 \begin_layout Itemize
3085 \begin_layout Itemize
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3096 , rather than resetting it to
3101 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3102 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3103 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3106 reference "sec:Nesting"
3111 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3116 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3117 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3125 \begin_layout Subsection
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 The default paragraph environment is
3135 It creates a plain paragraph.
3136 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3137 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3138 this manual) are in the
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 You can nest a paragraph using the
3150 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3158 \begin_layout Subsection
3160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3161 name "Document !Title"
3168 \begin_layout Standard
3169 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3178 for thanks or contact information.
3179 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3180 page along with today's date.
3181 For other types of documents, the title
3182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3189 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3208 Here's how you use them:
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3212 Put the title of your document in the
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 Put the author name in the
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3229 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3235 Note that using this environment is optional.
3236 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3237 If you don't want any date, add the line
3247 to the preamble of your document (menu
3249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You can use footnotes to insert
3257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3264 or contact informations.
3267 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3270 name "Section headings"
3275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3285 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3291 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3303 \begin_layout Enumerate
3309 \begin_layout Enumerate
3315 \begin_layout Enumerate
3321 \begin_layout Enumerate
3327 \begin_layout Enumerate
3333 \begin_layout Enumerate
3339 \begin_layout Enumerate
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3346 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3347 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3348 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3353 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3354 You group the book into chapters.
3355 LyX does similar grouping:
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3363 is divided in either
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3396 \begin_layout Itemize
3408 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3441 Not all document types use the
3445 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3450 is the top-level heading.
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3463 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3464 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3466 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3481 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3493 \begin_layout Enumerate
3499 \begin_layout Enumerate
3505 \begin_layout Enumerate
3511 \begin_layout Enumerate
3517 \begin_layout Enumerate
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3534 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3545 Changing the Numbering
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3556 in the Table of Contents.
3557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3559 Certain classes start with
3573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3583 This is something you can change.
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3596 name "Document ! Settings"
3604 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3608 you'll see two counters.
3613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3620 Short Titles of Headings
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3638 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3647 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3648 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3649 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3654 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3655 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3656 To specify a short title, use the menu
3658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 This will insert a box labeled
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3679 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3680 This also works for captions inside floats.
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 The following information applies to all section headings:
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3696 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3708 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3712 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3730 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3731 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3732 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3733 the text they contain.
3734 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3742 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3755 when you start a new paragraph.
3756 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3760 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3761 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3762 to change back to the
3766 environment yourself.
3769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3779 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3795 time for the differences.
3804 are identical except for one difference:
3808 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3817 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3820 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Here's an example of the
3834 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3836 See -- no indentation!
3840 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3841 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3842 the other paragraph.
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 Here's another example, this time in the
3853 \begin_layout Quotation
3859 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3860 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3861 the first line, then
3865 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3869 you were quoting other text.
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3873 Here's a new paragraph.
3874 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3875 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 As the examples show,
3883 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3884 They should put quotes in the
3889 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3893 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3903 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3936 Which I did not rehearse!
3940 It could be much worse.
3941 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3943 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3944 indented a bit more than the first.
3945 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3952 And make things look fine
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3966 does not indent both margins.
3967 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3968 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3979 \begin_layout Subsection
3981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3987 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4006 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4015 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4016 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4017 some general features of all four of them.
4020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4027 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4036 reset the environment to
4040 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4041 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4042 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4047 to break paragraphs.
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4052 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4054 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4055 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4058 reference "sec:Nesting"
4066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4073 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4091 paragraph environment.
4092 It has the following properties:
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4096 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4104 \begin_layout Itemize
4105 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The items can have any length.
4111 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4112 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 environment inside another
4128 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4140 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 See section\InsetSpace ~
4143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4144 reference "sec:Nesting"
4148 for a full explanation of nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4162 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4167 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4168 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 The label for the first level
4176 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4181 The label for the second level is a dash.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Back out to the third level.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back to the second level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the outermost level.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 These are the default labels for an
4215 You can customize these labels in the
4217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4220 dialog in the submenu
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4228 name "Document ! Settings"
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4237 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4238 in section\InsetSpace ~
4240 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4241 reference "sec:Nesting"
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4255 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4261 name "sec:Enumerate"
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4273 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4274 It has these properties:
4277 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 environment resets the counter to one.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4314 Items can have any length.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4340 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 The first level of an
4352 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4356 \begin_layout Enumerate
4357 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Back to the third level
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the second level.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the outermost level.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4396 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4401 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 There is more to nesting
4410 environments than we've stated here.
4411 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4418 to learn more about nesting.
4421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4428 name "Lists ! Description"
4433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4434 name "sec:Description-List"
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4446 list has no fixed label.
4447 Instead, LyX uses the first
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 of the first line as the label.
4459 \begin_layout Description
4460 Example: This is an example of the
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 it is meant that the first hit of the
4485 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4487 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4499 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4503 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4510 for more info.) Here is an example:
4513 \begin_layout Description
4515 Example: This one shows how to use a
4517 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4527 \begin_layout Description
4528 Usage: You should use the
4532 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4533 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4535 It's not a good idea to use a
4539 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4540 You're better off using
4552 paragraphs into them.
4555 \begin_layout Description
4556 Nesting: You can nest
4560 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4566 them from the first line.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4576 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4594 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4607 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4608 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4611 \begin_layout Labeling
4612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4614 labels LyX uses the first
4615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4622 of each line as the item label.
4627 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4628 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4629 blank as described above.
4632 \begin_layout Labeling
4633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4634 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4635 the body of the item text.
4636 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4637 label width plus a little extra space.
4641 \begin_layout Labeling
4642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4646 If the label width is larger, the label
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 into the first line.
4655 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4656 margin of the rest of the item text.
4659 \begin_layout Labeling
4660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4661 default\InsetSpace ~
4662 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4667 environment have the same left margin.
4669 To change the default width, select
4670 all items in the list.
4673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4680 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4683 determines the default label width.
4684 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 multiple times instead.
4694 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4705 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4708 every time you alter a label in a
4714 The predefined default width is the length of
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4735 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment the same way like the
4752 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4758 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4769 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4770 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4773 reference "sec:Nesting"
4777 to learn about nesting.
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There is yet another feature of the
4785 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4787 You can use additional
4791 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4796 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4804 Here are some examples:
4807 \begin_layout Labeling
4808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4809 Left The default for
4816 \begin_layout Labeling
4817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4824 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4827 \begin_layout Labeling
4828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4837 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4840 \begin_layout Subsection
4842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4875 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4876 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4877 In contrast, you can use the
4886 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4887 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 Of course, you're not limited to using
4907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4908 some European academic papers.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4914 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4926 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4927 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4933 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4934 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4935 Here's an example of each:
4938 \begin_layout Right Address
4945 When is it? What is today?
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4956 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4957 Here's an example of the
4964 \begin_layout Address
4967 Where do I send this
4969 Your post office and country
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 As you can see, both
4982 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4987 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4993 This makes sense, since
5001 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5002 Thus, you have to use
5012 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5013 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 menu) to start a new line in an
5033 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5039 or list of references.
5040 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5061 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5062 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5063 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5067 in anything else or vice versa.
5073 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5074 The book document classes ignores the
5078 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5082 in a letter document class.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5090 environment does several things for you.
5091 First, it puts the centered label
5092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5100 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5102 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5103 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5104 the subsequent text.
5105 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5106 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5114 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5115 The new paragraph will still be in the
5120 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5121 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 \begin_inset Float figure
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5132 \begin_inset Graphics
5133 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Caption
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5146 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5172 environment, but since this document is in the
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5180 class, we can't do this.
5181 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5184 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5189 If you've never heard of an
5190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5197 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment is used to list references.
5226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5227 only use it at the end of the document.
5232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 When you first open a
5240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 depending on the document class.
5257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5258 Each paragraph of the
5262 environment is a bibliography entry.
5267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5268 Each new paragraph is still in the
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5277 in section\InsetSpace ~
5279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5280 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5292 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5310 environment is another LyX extension.
5311 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5316 key as a fixed whitespace;
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5331 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5334 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5339 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5340 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 So, when you finish using the
5363 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5364 Also, you can nest the
5368 environment inside of others.
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5428 You must put at least one
5432 in any line you want blank.
5433 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5441 since that will insert
5446 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5454 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5465 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5469 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 printf("Hello World!
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 This is just the standard
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5509 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5510 rc-files, and so on.
5511 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5512 as if you used a typewriter.
5513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5514 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5521 \begin_layout Section
5522 Nesting Environments
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5537 \begin_layout Subsection
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5544 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5546 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5548 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5584 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5586 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5592 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5600 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5601 will tell you how far you are nested).
5602 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5603 \begin_inset Graphics
5604 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5609 \begin_inset Graphics
5610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5614 or the convenient key bindings
5622 to change the nesting level.
5623 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5624 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5630 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5631 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5632 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5637 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5639 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5642 \begin_layout Subsection
5643 What You Can and Can't Nest
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5648 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5653 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5654 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5657 \begin_layout Itemize
5658 Completely unnestable
5661 \begin_layout Itemize
5662 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5663 other things inside of them.
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5672 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5673 environments have them:
5676 \begin_layout Description
5677 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5678 Can't nest into them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 \begin_layout Itemize
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5770 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 Nestable You can nest them.
5792 You can nest other things into them.
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5820 \begin_layout Itemize
5826 \begin_layout Itemize
5832 \begin_layout Itemize
5838 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Description
5846 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5847 You can't nest anything into them.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5890 \begin_layout Subsection
5891 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5893 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5899 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5907 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5908 affected by nesting anyhow.
5912 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5934 If you put a figure or a table in a
5938 , this is no longer true.
5943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5946 reference "sec:Floats"
5950 for more informations about
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5959 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of its own, it behaves just like a
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 paragraph environment.
5981 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5986 Here's an example with a table:
5989 \begin_layout Enumerate
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5995 This is (a) and it's nested.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6008 \begin_inset Tabular
6009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6013 <row topline="true">
6014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6104 \begin_layout Enumerate
6106 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6110 \begin_layout Enumerate
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6118 \begin_layout Enumerate
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 This is (a) and it's nested.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset Tabular
6138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6142 <row topline="true">
6143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6202 \begin_layout Standard
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6239 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6254 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6257 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6263 This is (a) and it's nested.
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_inset Tabular
6276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6280 <row topline="true">
6281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6370 \begin_layout Enumerate
6372 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6391 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6392 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6396 \begin_layout Subsection
6397 Usage and General Features
6398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6399 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 is the innermost possible depth.
6417 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 level #1 - outermost
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6456 both of them in the example.
6457 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6467 For example, if we tried to nest another
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6485 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6494 We have several examples of nested environments.
6495 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6500 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6503 \begin_layout Labeling
6504 \labelwidthstring MMM
6505 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6514 \begin_layout Labeling
6515 \labelwidthstring MMM
6516 #2-a This is level #2.
6517 We created it by using
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #3-a This is level #3.
6532 This time, we just hit
6541 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6559 environment, nested inside of
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 So, it's at level #4.
6569 We did this by hitting
6577 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6582 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6603 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6610 \begin_layout Labeling
6611 \labelwidthstring MMM
6612 #4-a This is level #4.
6617 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6622 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6626 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6631 keep nesting things inside of
6632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \begin_layout Labeling
6644 \labelwidthstring MMM
6645 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6650 \begin_layout Labeling
6651 \labelwidthstring MMM
6652 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 and this is level #6.
6654 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6658 \begin_layout Labeling
6659 \labelwidthstring MMM
6660 #5-b Back to level #5.
6673 \begin_layout Labeling
6674 \labelwidthstring MMM
6683 , we're back at level #4.
6687 \begin_layout Labeling
6688 \labelwidthstring MMM
6689 #3-b Back to level #3.
6690 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6694 \begin_layout Labeling
6695 \labelwidthstring MMM
6696 #2-b Back to level #2.
6701 \begin_layout Labeling
6702 \labelwidthstring MMM
6703 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6704 After this sentence, we'll hit
6708 and change the paragraph environment back to
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 We could have also used the
6732 environment in place of the
6737 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 Example 2: Inheritance
6744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6745 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6748 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6758 , after which, we'll change to the
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 environment, at level #2.
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6775 Notice how the nested
6779 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6783 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 We ended this example by hitting
6793 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6797 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6805 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 This is level #1, in an
6831 paragraph environment.
6832 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 Now, what happens if we nest an
6851 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6852 label be? An asterisk?
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6867 So, its label is a bullet.
6868 (We got here by using
6876 , then changing the environment to
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 Here's level #4, produced using
6894 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6899 \begin_layout Enumerate
6900 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6907 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6911 , because we are in the
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6941 type of numbering does LyX use?
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6949 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 to decrease the depth after the next
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6974 numeral as the label.Why?
6977 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6987 Notice, however, that LyX
6991 reset the counter for the label.
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7005 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7006 into the twofold-nested
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 The same thing happens if we do another
7023 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7032 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7046 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7052 The same rule applies for the
7056 environment, as well.
7059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7060 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7063 \begin_layout Enumerate
7064 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7065 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7066 same detail with how we did it.
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7080 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7081 example in parentheses someplace.
7082 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7083 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7084 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7093 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7098 Now we'll add verse.
7100 It will get much worse.
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7110 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7112 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7133 \begin_inset Tabular
7134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <row topline="true">
7177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7225 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7229 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 : level #1) This is another item.
7241 Note that selecting a
7245 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7246 3 times to put the table inside the
7254 \begin_layout Quotation
7255 We're now ending the
7259 list and changing to
7264 We're still at level #1.
7265 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7266 The next set of paragraphs is a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7287 for the letter body.
7292 to preserve the depth.
7293 Remember that you need to use
7297 to create multiple lines inside the
7311 \begin_layout Right Address
7314 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7319 \begin_layout Address
7320 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7326 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7329 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7330 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7331 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7332 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7333 as soon as possible.
7334 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7337 \begin_layout Quotation
7338 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7339 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7340 with your order, along with payment.
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We thank you again for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Address
7354 \begin_layout Quotation
7355 That ends that example!
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7360 just a few keystrokes.
7361 We could have easily nested an
7382 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7385 \begin_layout Section
7386 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7389 \begin_layout Subsection
7391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7392 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7407 in a uniform fashion.
7408 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7409 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7410 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7411 equally between themselves.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7420 can be inserted with
7422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7423 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7433 This is on the left side
7435 This is on the right
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7459 That was an example in the
7465 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7471 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7474 is one in a standard paragraph.
7475 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7479 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7484 Here's an example with the
7491 \begin_layout Labeling
7492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 marks the beginning of the item.
7514 (There is actually a
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 HFill inside of the label of the
7526 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7535 situations, like two-column mode.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7551 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7552 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7553 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7563 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7579 Other space variants
7580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7581 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7588 \begin_layout Standard
7589 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7590 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7598 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7600 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7603 \begin_layout Paragraph
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7609 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7620 For example the command
7627 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7630 cm space within the following line:
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7656 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7659 cm space between the arrows.
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7666 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7680 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7687 What is correct English?:
7692 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7743 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7750 In our case write the command
7757 (note the space after
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7766 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7767 That is why it is named
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 There exists also the commands
7792 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7793 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7794 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7795 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7809 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7810 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7822 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7826 There you find the following sizes:
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7842 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7847 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7852 name "Document ! Settings"
7858 for the paragraph separation.
7859 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7876 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7878 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7879 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7888 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7897 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7900 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7909 If there are several
7913 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7914 You can therefore use
7918 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7926 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7947 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7948 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7971 There are four possibilities:
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8000 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8001 the left and right margins.
8002 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This paragraph is right aligned,
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 this one is centered,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is left aligned.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8023 name "Pagebreaks ! Forced"
8028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8029 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8038 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8039 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8040 Only if you use many
8044 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8049 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8053 have to change the pagebreaking.
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8059 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8067 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8068 that it fills out the complete page.
8069 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8070 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8071 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8085 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8096 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8097 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 normally one uses simply
8114 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8115 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8120 at the top of a page.
8121 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8122 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8123 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8124 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8127 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8141 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8147 name "Pagebreaks ! Clear"
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8156 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8157 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8158 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8159 if necessary by adding pages.
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8179 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8180 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8183 \begin_layout Subsection
8185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8192 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8214 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8215 whole space between the page margins.
8216 This is necessary to avoid
8217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8225 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8237 The syntax is similar tho the command
8243 , described in the previous section.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8248 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8249 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8250 set a linebreak, e.g.
8251 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8254 reference "sec:Quote"
8259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8260 reference "sec:Verse"
8265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8266 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8273 \begin_layout Subsection
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8285 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8286 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8287 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8289 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8296 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8311 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8312 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8313 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8314 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8317 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8322 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8323 In this case, insert one with
8325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8326 Special\InsetSpace ~
8327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8328 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8347 name "Spaces ! protected"
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8357 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8361 Further documentation is given in section
8364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8365 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8388 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 A protected space is set with
8399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8400 Special\InsetSpace ~
8401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8419 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8425 name "Spaces ! thin"
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8441 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8450 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8451 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8452 inside abbreviations:
8456 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8458 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8459 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 or between values and units.
8465 Compare for example this:
8467 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8477 Special\InsetSpace ~
8478 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8495 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8496 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8499 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8508 Te latter means to type
8512 space-insert <command>
8519 into the command buffer, where
8523 is one of the following:
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8536 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8539 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8553 \begin_inset Tabular
8554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8594 <row topline="true">
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <row topline="true">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <row bottomline="true">
8691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <row bottomline="true">
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <row bottomline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <row bottomline="true">
8787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <row bottomline="true">
8819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8822 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Subsection
8859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8860 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8866 name "Horizontal lines"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8880 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8883 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8889 \begin_layout Section
8890 Fonts and Text Styles
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8892 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8899 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 There are two types of fonts:
8913 \begin_layout Description
8916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8917 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8921 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8922 characters) in the font.
8923 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8924 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8925 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8926 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8927 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8928 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8929 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8930 provide a good image.
8932 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8933 size and scale them.
8934 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8935 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8936 sizes than at small ones.
8954 \begin_layout Description
8957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8958 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8962 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8963 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8964 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8965 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8966 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8967 picture manipulation program.
8968 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8969 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8970 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8971 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8972 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8974 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8975 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8977 Bitmap fonts are named
8983 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8988 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8989 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8990 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8995 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8996 its document properties.
8999 \begin_layout Standard
9000 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9001 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9002 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9003 font to emphasize text, you use an
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9013 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9017 \begin_layout Subsection
9018 Document Font and Font size
9019 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9020 name "sub:Document-Font"
9025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9032 name "Document ! Font"
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 You can set the document fonts in the
9042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9046 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 name "Document ! Settings"
9052 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9053 font shapes roman (serif),
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 The possible options for the font include
9070 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9075 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 European Computer Modern
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9119 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9120 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9130 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9136 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9137 There are three ways to use one:
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9141 One way is to use the
9151 Virtual means that it
9152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9163 -glyphs from other fonts.
9164 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 Loading the LaTeX-package
9189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9190 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9196 with the document preamble line
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9204 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 will fix the guillemet problem.
9213 and that accented characters are not
9217 glyph, they are build of
9221 characters, the accent and the letter.
9222 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9226 fonts for words with accented characters.
9227 If you search for example for the French word
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 and not for the glyph
9245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 \begin_inset Note Note
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9277 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9278 to be accented with the grave.
9280 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9281 in section\InsetSpace ~
9283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9296 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9310 , consists of these three main font types
9337 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9338 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9345 The differences between roman,
9354 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9357 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 was originally designed for newspapers.
9369 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9370 into the small newspaper columns.
9376 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9379 \begin_layout Itemize
9380 The best solution is to use the
9385 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9396 For the font size there are four possible values:
9413 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The font sizes are the
9422 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9423 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9424 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9430 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9433 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9453 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9457 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9458 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9459 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9467 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9479 \begin_layout Subsection
9480 Using Different Character Styles
9481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9482 name "Character Styles"
9487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9488 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9497 certain paragraph environments.
9498 LyX supports two character styles,
9507 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9511 \begin_layout Standard
9516 style, do one of the following:
9519 \begin_layout Itemize
9520 click on the toolbar button
9521 \begin_inset Graphics
9522 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9537 These commands are all toggles.
9542 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 One typically uses the
9550 style for proper names.
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 is the original author of LyX.
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 A more widely used character style is the
9572 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9579 \begin_layout Itemize
9580 clicking on the toolbar button
9581 \begin_inset Graphics
9582 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 using the keybindings
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9601 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9602 es use a different font.
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 We've been using the
9610 style all over the place in this document.
9611 Here's one more example:
9614 \begin_layout Quotation
9617 Don't overuse character styles!
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9621 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9622 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9623 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9624 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_layout Subsection
9644 Fine-Tuning with the
9649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9650 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9662 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9671 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9672 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9673 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9674 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9675 from ordinary dialog.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9679 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9680 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9682 Documents that overuse
9683 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9684 has knocked huge holes in it.
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 To use custom character styles, open the
9690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9695 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9696 font property which you can choose.
9697 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9702 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9707 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9708 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9709 environments in a snap.
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9725 \begin_layout Labeling
9726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 The possible options are:
9744 \begin_layout Labeling
9745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9750 This is the Roman font family.
9751 Normally a serif font.
9752 It's also the default family.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset Note Note
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9788 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9791 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9803 \begin_layout Labeling
9804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9812 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_layout Labeling
9848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9855 This is the Typewriter font family.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Labeling
9894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9899 This corresponds to the print weight.
9904 \begin_layout Labeling
9905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9910 This is the Medium font series.
9911 It's also the default series.
9914 \begin_layout Labeling
9915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 This is the Bold font series.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9958 \begin_layout Labeling
9959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 As the name implies.
9969 \begin_layout Labeling
9970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9975 This is the Upright font shape.
9976 It's also the default shape.
9979 \begin_layout Labeling
9980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9994 s the Italic font shape
10000 \begin_layout Labeling
10001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 This is the Slanted font shape
10010 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10022 This is the Small caps font shape
10029 \begin_layout Labeling
10030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 Alters the size of the font.
10036 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10037 nal to the document font size.
10038 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10039 what you want to do.
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_layout Labeling
10176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_layout Labeling
10256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10350 It's also the default size.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10412 \begin_layout Labeling
10413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10492 \begin_layout Labeling
10493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_layout Labeling
10573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Labeling
10624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_layout Labeling
10704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10789 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10790 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10791 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10792 - use that instead.
10793 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10796 \begin_layout Labeling
10797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10802 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10807 \begin_layout Labeling
10808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 This is text with emphasize on
10818 This might seem like the same as
10822 , but it is actually a bit different.
10828 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10830 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10841 This is text with Underbar on.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10879 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10880 when you couldn't change fonts.
10881 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10882 It's only included in LyX because some people
10886 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10897 This is text with Noun on.
10904 , this is a logical attribute.
10905 Normally it's equivalent to
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10921 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10927 , which is the default
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and means normally black, you can choose between
10968 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10969 name "Color ! Text"
10976 \begin_layout Labeling
10977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10982 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10983 the language of the document.
10984 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10988 \begin_layout Standard
10989 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10990 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10992 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10996 dialog, the settings are saved.
10997 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10998 \begin_inset Graphics
10999 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11004 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11005 when the dialog isn't visible.
11009 \begin_layout Standard
11010 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11016 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11017 (suppose you just set the shape to
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11035 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11045 \begin_layout Standard
11046 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11063 \begin_layout Itemize
11069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11076 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11112 \begin_layout Standard
11124 \begin_inset Note Note
11127 \begin_layout Standard
11128 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11130 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11131 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11145 \begin_layout Itemize
11150 fonts use characters with serifs.
11151 These are the small
11152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11159 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11160 The following example will show the difference:
11166 text without serifs
11170 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11171 They are therefore used as default font (named
11178 \begin_layout Itemize
11184 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11185 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11190 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11193 \begin_layout Section
11194 Printing and Previewing
11197 \begin_layout Subsection
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11202 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11203 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11204 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11205 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11206 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11208 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11214 \begin_layout Standard
11215 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11216 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11217 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11218 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11219 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11220 This happens in two stages:
11223 \begin_layout Enumerate
11224 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11225 generating a file with the extension,
11226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11240 \begin_layout Enumerate
11241 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11245 file to produce printable output.
11249 \begin_layout Subsection
11250 Output file formats
11251 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11252 name "File formats"
11257 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11258 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11267 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11268 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11276 This file type has the extension
11277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11289 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11293 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11300 \begin_layout Standard
11301 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11303 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11304 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11312 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11313 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11320 \begin_layout Standard
11321 This file type has the extension
11322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11333 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11335 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11336 it manually with console commands.
11337 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11338 you view or export your document.
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11342 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11344 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11345 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11350 \begin_layout Standard
11362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11364 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11365 name "File formats ! DVI"
11372 \begin_layout Standard
11373 This file type has the extension
11374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11394 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11395 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11396 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11398 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11402 \begin_layout Standard
11403 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11411 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11412 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11417 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11418 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11419 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11420 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11423 \begin_layout Standard
11424 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11426 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11435 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11436 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11444 This file type has the extension
11445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11457 PostScript was developed by the company
11461 as printer language.
11462 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11464 PostScript can be seen as
11465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11468 programming language
11469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11472 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11483 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11484 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11493 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11496 \begin_layout Standard
11497 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 Encapsulated PostScript
11502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11505 (EPS, file extension
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11518 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11519 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11520 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11521 whenever you view or export your document.
11522 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11523 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11524 EPS to avoid this problem.
11527 \begin_layout Standard
11528 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11530 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11540 name "File formats ! PDF"
11545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 This file type has the extension
11555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11571 Portable Document Format
11572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11575 (PDF) is developed by
11579 as derivative from PostScript.
11580 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11589 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11590 looks exactly the same.
11593 \begin_layout Standard
11594 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11598 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11602 (JPG, file extension
11603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11630 Portable Network Graphics
11631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11634 (PNG, file extension
11635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11648 in the background to one of these formats.
11649 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11650 will slow down your workflow.
11651 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11654 \begin_layout Standard
11655 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11657 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11660 in three different ways:
11663 \begin_layout Description
11664 PDF This uses the program
11668 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11669 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11673 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11674 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11677 \begin_layout Description
11679 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11683 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11687 \begin_layout Description
11689 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11693 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11696 \begin_layout Standard
11697 We recommend to use
11706 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11712 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11715 \begin_layout Subsection
11717 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11718 name "Document ! Preview "
11725 \begin_layout Standard
11726 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11727 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11731 and choose a file type.
11732 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11735 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11738 you can use the toolbar button
11739 \begin_inset Graphics
11740 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11750 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11754 you can use the toolbar button
11755 \begin_inset Graphics
11756 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11763 \begin_layout Standard
11764 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11765 viewer window using the menu
11767 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11773 \begin_layout Standard
11774 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11776 To have a real output, export your document.
11779 \begin_layout Subsection
11780 Printing the File from within LyX
11781 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11782 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11791 it directly from within LyX.
11792 To print a file, select the menu
11794 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11797 or click on the toolbar button
11798 \begin_inset Graphics
11799 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11804 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11805 This file is then processed by the program
11809 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11814 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11819 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11820 printing one set to print on the other side.
11821 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11822 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11823 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11826 \begin_layout Standard
11827 You can set the parameters in the
11835 \begin_layout Labeling
11836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11841 This is the name of the printer to print to
11845 \begin_layout Standard
11846 Note that this printer name is for the program
11855 has to be configured for this printer name.
11856 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11858 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11859 reference "sub:Printer"
11869 The printer should understand PostScript.
11872 \begin_layout Labeling
11873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11878 The name of a file to print to.
11879 The output will be a PostScript file.
11880 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11884 \begin_layout Section
11885 A few Words about Typography
11886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11894 \begin_layout Subsection
11896 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11902 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11910 \begin_layout Standard
11912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11923 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11938 \begin_layout Enumerate
11944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_layout Enumerate
11964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11973 \begin_layout Standard
11985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_layout Enumerate
11997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12006 \begin_layout Standard
12019 \begin_layout Standard
12031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12037 \begin_layout Enumerate
12041 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 \begin_layout Standard
12062 You generate them by inserting the
12063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12074 character multiple times in a row.
12075 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12076 final output, but not in LyX.
12079 \begin_layout Standard
12080 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12081 math mode and has a length of its own.
12082 Here are some examples of the
12083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12097 \begin_layout Enumerate
12098 line- and page-breaks
12107 \begin_layout Enumerate
12117 \begin_layout Enumerate
12118 Oh --- there's a dash.
12127 \begin_layout Enumerate
12128 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12140 \begin_layout Subsection
12142 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12148 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12149 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12156 \begin_layout Standard
12157 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12158 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12161 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12162 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12168 following the rules of the document language
12172 \begin_layout Standard
12173 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12180 German\InsetSpace ~
12186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12197 \begin_layout Standard
12198 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12203 and with unusual constructs, like
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12212 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12213 This is done with the menu
12215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12216 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12217 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12221 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12222 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12225 \begin_layout Standard
12226 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12227 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12228 a hyphen and a space in the form
12229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12237 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12245 as hyphenation possibility.
12246 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12247 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12248 of the LaTeX-box-command
12254 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12255 As LyX doesn't support
12261 , we have to use ERT.
12262 The result looks in LyX like:
12265 \begin_layout Standard
12266 \begin_inset Graphics
12267 filename clipart/mbox.png
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12275 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12277 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12278 reference "sec:ERT"
12285 \begin_layout Subsection
12287 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12288 name "Punctuation marks"
12295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12296 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12298 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12305 \begin_layout Standard
12306 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12307 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12308 LaTeX then adds the
12309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12312 appropriate amount of space
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12317 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12319 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12322 \begin_layout Standard
12323 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12337 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12338 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 Here are some examples of
12346 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12349 \begin_layout Itemize
12354 \begin_layout Itemize
12359 \begin_layout Standard
12360 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12366 this is too much space!
12369 \begin_layout Itemize
12374 \begin_layout Standard
12375 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12378 \begin_layout Standard
12379 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12382 \begin_layout Enumerate
12385 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12388 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12391 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12396 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12397 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12404 \begin_layout Enumerate
12410 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12412 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12413 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12419 name "Spaces ! thin"
12426 \begin_layout Enumerate
12431 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12437 Special\InsetSpace ~
12440 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12441 This function is also bound to
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12452 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12454 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12455 this is too much space!
12458 \begin_layout Itemize
12459 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12465 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12466 LaTeX will care about this.
12469 \begin_layout Standard
12470 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12473 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12477 feature described in section
12488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12491 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12496 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12497 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12502 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12510 \begin_layout Standard
12511 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12512 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12513 and use a closing quote at the end.
12515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12523 The keyboard character,
12527 , generates this automatically.
12530 \begin_layout Standard
12531 You can change the behavior of the
12535 key using the submenu
12541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12545 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12546 name "Document ! Settings"
12553 \begin_layout Standard
12554 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12559 There are six choices:
12562 \begin_layout Labeling
12563 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12575 Use quotes like this
12576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12584 \begin_inset Quotes els
12588 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12594 \begin_layout Labeling
12595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12598 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12602 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12608 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12612 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12616 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12622 \begin_layout Labeling
12623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12626 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12630 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12636 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12640 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12644 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12648 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12654 \begin_layout Labeling
12655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12658 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12668 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12672 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12676 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12680 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12686 \begin_layout Labeling
12687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12690 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12700 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12704 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12708 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12712 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12718 \begin_layout Labeling
12719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12722 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12726 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12732 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12736 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12740 \begin_inset Quotes als
12744 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12750 \begin_layout Standard
12751 These settings affects what character the
12758 \begin_layout Subsection
12760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12761 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12766 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12767 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12772 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12773 name "sub:Ligatures"
12780 \begin_layout Standard
12781 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12782 print them as single characters.
12783 These groups are known as
12788 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12790 Here are the standard ligatures:
12793 \begin_layout Itemize
12797 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 \begin_layout Itemize
12805 \begin_layout Itemize
12809 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12817 \begin_layout Standard
12818 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12819 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12827 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12843 To break a ligature, use
12845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12847 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12863 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12880 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12888 \begin_layout Subsection
12890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12891 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12897 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You have surely noticed, that the word
12906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12914 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12915 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12923 \begin_layout Standard
12931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12935 \begin_inset Note Note
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12948 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12953 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12957 \begin_layout Description
12958 LyX The name of the game, write
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_layout Standard
12974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12980 \begin_layout Description
12981 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12989 \begin_layout Standard
12997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13003 \begin_layout Description
13004 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13026 \begin_layout Description
13027 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 \begin_layout Standard
13050 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13063 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13064 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13065 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13068 : The actual version is
13069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13076 , the previous one was
13077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13089 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13090 This will look in LyX like:
13091 \begin_inset Graphics
13092 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13098 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13100 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13101 reference "sec:ERT"
13108 \begin_layout Subsection
13110 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13111 name "Typography ! Units"
13118 \begin_layout Standard
13119 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13120 space between two words.
13121 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13131 for units use the menu
13133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13134 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13146 Here's an example to show the differences:
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 \begin_inset Tabular
13151 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13153 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13154 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13159 \begin_layout Standard
13162 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 space between number and unit
13181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13184 \begin_layout Standard
13185 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13187 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13198 \begin_layout Standard
13199 half space between number and unit
13212 \begin_layout Subsection
13214 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13215 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13220 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13228 \begin_layout Standard
13229 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13231 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13232 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13233 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13234 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13235 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13236 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13247 \begin_layout Standard
13248 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13249 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13250 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13251 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13252 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13253 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13254 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13257 \begin_layout Standard
13258 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13259 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13260 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13262 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13263 key "latexcompanion"
13269 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13274 ] may have more information.
13275 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13278 \begin_layout Chapter
13279 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13281 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13294 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13297 \begin_layout Section
13299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13305 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13313 \begin_layout Standard
13314 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13317 \begin_layout Description
13319 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13322 \begin_inset Note Note
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13334 \begin_layout Description
13335 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13336 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13340 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13345 \begin_inset Note Comment
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13349 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13357 \begin_layout Description
13358 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13359 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13367 \begin_layout Standard
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13373 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13374 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13375 How this can be done is explained in the
13384 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13393 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13394 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13397 \begin_layout Description
13398 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13400 \begin_inset Note Framed
13403 \begin_layout Standard
13404 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13409 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13411 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13412 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13416 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13420 \begin_layout Description
13421 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13422 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13425 \begin_layout Standard
13426 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13431 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13432 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13435 \begin_layout Standard
13436 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13437 \begin_inset Graphics
13438 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13440 scaleBeforeRotation
13446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13450 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13453 \begin_layout Section
13455 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13461 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13462 name "sec:Footnotes"
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13470 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13476 or the toolbar button
13477 \begin_inset Graphics
13478 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13491 \begin_inset Graphics
13492 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13502 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13531 label, the box will
13535 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13536 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13549 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13565 \begin_layout Standard
13566 Here's an example footnote:
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13575 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13583 \begin_layout Standard
13584 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13585 position where the footnote box is placed.
13586 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13587 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13588 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13589 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13590 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13595 ey are described in the
13602 \begin_layout Section
13604 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13605 name "Marginal notes"
13610 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13611 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13619 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13620 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13623 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13626 or the toolbar button
13627 \begin_inset Graphics
13628 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13655 appearing within your text.
13656 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13665 \begin_layout Standard
13666 At the side is an example marginal note.
13670 \begin_inset Marginal
13673 \begin_layout Standard
13674 This is a marginal note.
13682 \begin_layout Standard
13683 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13684 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13685 pages, right on odd pages.
13688 \begin_layout Section
13689 Graphics and Images
13690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13696 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13702 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13703 name "sec:Graphics"
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13711 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13712 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13713 \begin_inset Graphics
13714 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13724 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13733 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13734 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13735 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13737 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13739 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13740 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13752 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13753 of the image in the output.
13754 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13766 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13769 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13770 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13784 You can also set the
13788 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13789 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13792 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13802 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13803 image size is printed.
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13807 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13808 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13810 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13811 centered paragraph:
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13816 \begin_inset Graphics
13817 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13820 rotateOrigin center
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13829 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13832 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13839 \begin_layout Subsection
13841 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13842 name "Image formats"
13847 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13848 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13856 You can insert images in any known file format.
13857 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13859 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13860 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13864 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13865 LyX uses therefore the program
13869 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13870 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13871 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13873 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13874 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13885 \begin_layout Description
13886 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13887 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13888 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13889 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13893 Graphics Interchange Format
13894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13897 (GIF, file extension
13898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13911 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13919 Portable Network Graphics
13920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13923 (PNG, file extension
13924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13937 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13945 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13949 (JPG, file extension
13950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13974 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13975 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13982 \begin_layout Description
13983 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13984 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13986 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13987 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13988 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13991 calable image formats can be
13992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13995 Scalable Vector Graphics
13996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13999 (SVG, file extension
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14012 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14013 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14021 Encapsulated PostScript
14022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14025 (EPS, file extension
14026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14039 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14047 Portable Document Format
14048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14051 (PDF, file extension
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14064 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14070 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14071 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14072 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14077 \begin_layout Standard
14078 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14086 \begin_layout Standard
14087 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14091 \begin_layout Section
14093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14099 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14107 \begin_layout Standard
14108 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14109 \begin_inset Graphics
14110 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14121 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14122 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14123 from the rest of the table.
14124 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14125 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14127 Here's an example table:
14130 \begin_layout Standard
14132 \begin_inset Tabular
14133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14139 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14152 \begin_layout Standard
14167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14170 \begin_layout Standard
14176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14179 \begin_layout Standard
14186 <row topline="true">
14187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14190 \begin_layout Standard
14205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14217 \begin_layout Standard
14223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14226 \begin_layout Standard
14233 <row topline="true">
14234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14277 \begin_layout Standard
14284 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14306 \begin_layout Standard
14312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14315 \begin_layout Standard
14321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14324 \begin_layout Standard
14338 \begin_layout Subsection
14342 \begin_layout Standard
14343 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14344 brings up the table dialog.
14345 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14346 where the cursor is placed currently.
14347 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14348 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14349 done on all of your selection.
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14353 Additionally to the table dialog the
14358 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14360 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14361 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14362 delete lines via the table
14366 \begin_layout Standard
14372 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14373 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14374 current cell respectively.
14375 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14377 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14378 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14381 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14388 \begin_layout Standard
14389 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14395 This will merge the cells to
14399 cell, spread over more than one column.
14400 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14401 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14402 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14403 in the last row without the upper border:
14406 \begin_layout Standard
14408 \begin_inset Tabular
14409 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14410 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14412 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14415 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14419 \begin_layout Standard
14425 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14434 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14453 <row topline="true">
14454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14457 \begin_layout Standard
14472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14475 \begin_layout Standard
14481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14484 \begin_layout Standard
14490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14500 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14504 \begin_layout Standard
14510 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14513 \begin_layout Standard
14519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14547 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14548 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14549 explained in the tables section of the
14551 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14555 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14556 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14559 degrees counterclockwise.
14560 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14563 \begin_layout Standard
14564 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14567 \begin_layout Standard
14572 Most DVI-viewers are
14576 able to display rotations.
14584 \begin_layout Standard
14589 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14594 adds lines for all cell borders.
14597 \begin_layout Subsection
14599 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14600 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14613 \begin_layout Standard
14614 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14624 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14625 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14628 \begin_layout Description
14633 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14634 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14635 except for the first page, if
14643 \begin_layout Description
14649 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14650 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14653 \begin_layout Description
14658 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14659 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14660 except for the last page, if
14668 \begin_layout Description
14674 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14675 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14680 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14681 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14682 The others will then be defined as
14687 In this context, first means first in this order:
14689 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14702 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14707 \begin_inset Tabular
14708 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14709 <features islongtable="true">
14710 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14711 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14712 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14713 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14714 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14717 \begin_layout Standard
14720 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14728 \begin_layout Standard
14734 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14737 \begin_layout Standard
14744 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14748 \begin_layout Standard
14756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14765 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14768 \begin_layout Standard
14777 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14778 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14781 \begin_layout Standard
14789 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14798 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14801 \begin_layout Standard
14808 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14809 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14829 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14841 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14842 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14845 \begin_layout Standard
14853 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14856 \begin_layout Standard
14862 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14865 \begin_layout Standard
14872 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14876 \begin_layout Standard
14884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14893 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14903 <row bottomline="true">
14904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14907 \begin_layout Standard
14915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14934 <row bottomline="true">
14935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14958 \begin_layout Standard
14965 <row bottomline="true">
14966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14969 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14989 \begin_layout Standard
14996 <row bottomline="true">
14997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15020 \begin_layout Standard
15027 <row bottomline="true">
15028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15058 <row bottomline="true">
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15082 \begin_layout Standard
15089 <row bottomline="true">
15090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Standard
15110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15120 <row bottomline="true">
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15135 \begin_layout Standard
15141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15144 \begin_layout Standard
15151 <row bottomline="true">
15152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15166 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15182 <row bottomline="true">
15183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15197 \begin_layout Standard
15203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15206 \begin_layout Standard
15213 <row bottomline="true">
15214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15217 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15237 \begin_layout Standard
15244 <row bottomline="true">
15245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <row bottomline="true">
15276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15290 \begin_layout Standard
15296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15299 \begin_layout Standard
15306 <row bottomline="true">
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Standard
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Standard
15327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15330 \begin_layout Standard
15337 <row bottomline="true">
15338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15341 \begin_layout Standard
15349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15352 \begin_layout Standard
15358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15361 \begin_layout Standard
15368 <row bottomline="true">
15369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15372 \begin_layout Standard
15380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15392 \begin_layout Standard
15399 <row bottomline="true">
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15430 <row bottomline="true">
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Standard
15442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <row bottomline="true">
15462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15476 \begin_layout Standard
15482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <row bottomline="true">
15493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15516 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <row bottomline="true">
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <row bottomline="true">
15555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15585 <row bottomline="true">
15586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15589 \begin_layout Standard
15597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15600 \begin_layout Standard
15606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15616 <row bottomline="true">
15617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15631 \begin_layout Standard
15637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <row bottomline="true">
15648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15651 \begin_layout Standard
15659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15678 <row bottomline="true">
15679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15709 <row bottomline="true">
15710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15724 \begin_layout Standard
15730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15733 \begin_layout Standard
15740 <row bottomline="true">
15741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15744 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15771 <row bottomline="true">
15772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15775 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15802 <row bottomline="true">
15803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15833 <row bottomline="true">
15834 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Standard
15843 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Standard
15852 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15855 \begin_layout Standard
15862 <row bottomline="true">
15863 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15886 \begin_layout Standard
15893 <row bottomline="true">
15894 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15908 \begin_layout Standard
15914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15917 \begin_layout Standard
15924 <row bottomline="true">
15925 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15928 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15948 \begin_layout Standard
15955 <row bottomline="true">
15956 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15970 \begin_layout Standard
15976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15986 <row bottomline="true">
15987 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15990 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16017 <row bottomline="true">
16018 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16041 \begin_layout Standard
16048 <row bottomline="true">
16049 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16052 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Standard
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16079 <row bottomline="true">
16080 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16103 \begin_layout Standard
16110 <row bottomline="true">
16111 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Standard
16131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16134 \begin_layout Standard
16141 <row bottomline="true">
16142 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16165 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <row bottomline="true">
16173 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16176 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16187 \begin_layout Standard
16193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16196 \begin_layout Standard
16203 <row bottomline="true">
16204 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Standard
16234 <row bottomline="true">
16235 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16265 <row bottomline="true">
16266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16296 <row bottomline="true">
16297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16311 \begin_layout Standard
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16327 <row bottomline="true">
16328 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16358 <row bottomline="true">
16359 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16373 \begin_layout Standard
16379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16382 \begin_layout Standard
16389 <row bottomline="true">
16390 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16420 <row bottomline="true">
16421 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16424 \begin_layout Standard
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Standard
16451 <row bottomline="true">
16452 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16455 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Standard
16482 <row bottomline="true">
16483 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16513 <row bottomline="true">
16514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Standard
16525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16544 <row bottomline="true">
16545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Standard
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16575 <row bottomline="true">
16576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16606 <row bottomline="true">
16607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Standard
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Standard
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Standard
16637 <row bottomline="true">
16638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Standard
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Standard
16668 <row bottomline="true">
16669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16699 <row bottomline="true">
16700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16730 <row bottomline="true">
16731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Standard
16761 <row bottomline="true">
16762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <row bottomline="true">
16793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Standard
16823 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16824 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16844 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16861 \begin_layout Subsection
16863 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16864 name "Tables ! Cells"
16869 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16870 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16877 \begin_layout Standard
16878 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16879 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16880 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16881 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16885 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16886 for the cell's paragraph.
16889 \begin_layout Standard
16890 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16891 for the column in the table dialog.
16892 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16893 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16897 \begin_layout Standard
16899 \begin_inset Tabular
16900 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16903 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16905 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16924 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Standard
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16983 \begin_layout Standard
16993 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Standard
17017 <row bottomline="true">
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Standard
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Standard
17049 This is longer now.
17054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Standard
17073 <row bottomline="true">
17074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Standard
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Standard
17105 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17106 This is longer now.
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Standard
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17139 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17140 Selection with the mouse or with
17144 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17145 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17146 the selection from outside the table.
17149 \begin_layout Section
17151 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17157 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17165 \begin_layout Standard
17166 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17167 have a fixed location.
17169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17176 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17183 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17186 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17187 too much notes at the page.
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17191 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17192 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17193 and pages without text.
17194 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17195 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17196 Floats are therefore numbered.
17197 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17200 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17207 \begin_layout Standard
17208 To insert a float, use the menu
17210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17214 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17220 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17225 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17226 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17228 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17229 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17230 name "Floats ! Captions"
17234 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17235 paragraph within the float.
17236 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17237 by left-clicking on the box label.
17238 A closed float box looks like this:
17239 \begin_inset Graphics
17240 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17245 -- a gray button with a red label.
17248 \begin_layout Standard
17249 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17250 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17253 \begin_layout Subsection
17257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17260 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17265 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17266 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17273 \begin_layout Standard
17276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17277 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17280 inserts a float with the label
17281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17286 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17294 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17295 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17296 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17299 reference "cap:Platypus"
17304 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17305 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17306 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17308 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17309 reference "cap:Escher"
17316 \begin_layout Standard
17317 \begin_inset Float figure
17322 \begin_layout Standard
17324 \begin_inset Graphics
17325 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17328 rotateOrigin center
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17336 \begin_inset Caption
17338 \begin_layout Standard
17339 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17340 name "cap:Platypus"
17344 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 \begin_inset Float figure
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17364 \begin_inset Caption
17366 \begin_layout Standard
17367 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17381 \begin_layout Standard
17383 \begin_inset Graphics
17384 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17387 rotateOrigin center
17399 \begin_layout Standard
17400 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17402 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17404 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17405 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17409 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17414 and refer to it using the menu
17416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17420 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17429 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17441 \begin_layout Standard
17442 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17443 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17444 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17450 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17454 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17455 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17457 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17458 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17462 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17463 You can also set the images one below the other.
17466 \begin_layout Standard
17467 \begin_inset Float figure
17472 \begin_layout Standard
17476 \begin_inset Graphics
17477 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17480 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17487 \begin_inset Graphics
17488 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17492 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17501 \begin_layout Standard
17502 \begin_inset Caption
17504 \begin_layout Standard
17505 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17506 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17510 Two distorted images.
17523 \begin_layout Standard
17524 Note that the caption is added to the
17530 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17532 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17533 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17540 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17543 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17548 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17549 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17556 \begin_layout Standard
17557 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17560 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17564 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17569 reference "cap:Table-float"
17573 is an example of a table float.
17576 \begin_layout Standard
17577 \begin_inset Float table
17582 \begin_layout Standard
17583 \begin_inset Caption
17585 \begin_layout Standard
17586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17587 name "cap:Table-float"
17599 \begin_layout Standard
17601 \begin_inset Tabular
17602 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17607 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Standard
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Standard
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Standard
17663 <row topline="true">
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Standard
17682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17685 \begin_layout Standard
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Standard
17719 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Standard
17733 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Standard
17754 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17756 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Standard
17777 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17800 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17801 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17808 \begin_layout Standard
17809 This float type is inserted with the menu
17811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17812 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17816 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17817 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17821 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17823 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17824 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17831 \begin_layout Standard
17832 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17835 \begin_layout Standard
17840 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17846 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17849 \begin_layout Standard
17854 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17858 \begin_layout Standard
17859 to the document preamble (menu
17861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17888 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17893 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17894 name "sec:floatflt"
17901 \begin_layout Standard
17902 This float type is used if you want to
17903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17910 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17912 It can be inserted using the menu
17913 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 \begin_inset Graphics
17920 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17923 rotateOrigin center
17930 \begin_layout Standard
17931 \begin_inset Caption
17933 \begin_layout Standard
17934 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17935 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17939 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17941 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17957 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17962 if the LaTeX-package
17967 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17968 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17976 \begin_layout Standard
17977 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17987 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17989 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17991 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17992 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17996 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17997 wrap float with a width of 40
17998 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18005 \begin_layout Standard
18006 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18008 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18009 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18018 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18022 \begin_layout Standard
18027 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18028 If you need this, read the documentation of
18033 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18041 \begin_layout Standard
18042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18045 \begin_layout Standard
18051 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18052 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18053 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18054 over some other text.
18058 \begin_layout Standard
18059 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18064 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18065 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18073 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18086 \begin_layout Itemize
18087 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18088 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18089 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18090 breaks will appear.
18093 \begin_layout Itemize
18094 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18095 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18098 \begin_layout Itemize
18099 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18100 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18103 \begin_layout Itemize
18104 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18107 \begin_layout Subsection
18109 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18110 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18115 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18116 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18123 \begin_layout Standard
18124 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18125 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18128 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18134 \begin_layout Standard
18135 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18136 a two-column document).
18137 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18138 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18145 \begin_layout Standard
18146 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18147 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18149 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18150 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18154 is an example of a rotated table float.
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18158 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18161 \begin_layout Standard
18166 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18174 \begin_layout Standard
18175 \begin_inset Float table
18180 \begin_layout Standard
18181 \begin_inset Caption
18183 \begin_layout Standard
18184 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18185 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18197 \begin_layout Standard
18199 \begin_inset Tabular
18200 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18203 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18204 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18207 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Standard
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Standard
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Standard
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Standard
18266 \begin_layout Subsection
18268 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18269 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18275 name "Floats ! Placement"
18282 \begin_layout Standard
18283 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18284 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18291 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18292 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18297 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18300 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18302 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18303 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18310 \begin_layout Standard
18311 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18312 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18315 default\InsetSpace ~
18321 \begin_layout Description
18324 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18327 \begin_layout Description
18330 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18333 \begin_layout Description
18334 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18336 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18339 \begin_layout Description
18342 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18345 \begin_layout Standard
18346 The order of the above option is
18351 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18364 , and then the others.
18365 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18367 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18368 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18371 \begin_layout Standard
18372 By default, each options has its own rules:
18375 \begin_layout Standard
18382 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18383 % of the page can be placed at the top
18387 \begin_layout Standard
18390 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18394 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18395 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18399 \begin_layout Standard
18406 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18407 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18408 can be set together on a page.
18411 \begin_layout Standard
18412 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18415 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18422 \begin_layout Standard
18423 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18424 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18425 For this case you can use the option
18431 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18433 Because the float is then no longer able to
18434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18441 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18444 \begin_layout Standard
18445 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18446 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18449 \begin_layout Standard
18450 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18452 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18453 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18460 \begin_layout Section
18462 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18468 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18469 name "sec:Minipages"
18476 \begin_layout Standard
18477 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18479 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18484 \begin_layout Standard
18485 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18491 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18492 and its alignment within the page.
18495 \begin_layout Standard
18497 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18506 height_special "totalheight"
18509 \begin_layout Standard
18512 This is a minipage.
18513 The text is set in an italic style.
18516 \begin_layout Standard
18519 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18520 another formatting.
18528 \begin_layout Standard
18529 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18532 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18536 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18539 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18544 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18550 \begin_layout Standard
18551 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18560 height_special "totalheight"
18563 \begin_layout Standard
18564 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18565 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18573 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18582 height_special "totalheight"
18585 \begin_layout Standard
18586 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18587 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18595 \begin_layout Standard
18596 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18602 \begin_layout Standard
18603 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18604 to other box types.
18605 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18616 \begin_layout Chapter
18617 Mathematical Formulas
18618 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18624 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18625 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18630 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18631 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18638 \begin_layout Section
18640 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18641 name "Math ! Basics"
18648 \begin_layout Standard
18649 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18650 \begin_inset Graphics
18651 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18656 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18658 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18659 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18660 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18668 \begin_layout Standard
18669 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18675 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18678 \begin_layout Standard
18679 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18680 line, like this one:
18683 \begin_layout Standard
18684 This is a line with an inline formula
18685 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18691 \begin_layout Standard
18692 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18694 \begin_inset Formula \[
18699 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18702 \begin_layout Standard
18703 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18719 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18720 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18724 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18732 \begin_layout Subsection
18733 Navigating in Formulas
18734 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18735 name "Math ! Navigating"
18742 \begin_layout Standard
18743 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18744 achieved with the arrow keys.
18745 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18746 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18751 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18752 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18756 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18760 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18762 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18770 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18775 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18776 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18779 \begin_layout Standard
18784 , printed in this document as
18785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18792 \begin_layout Standard
18802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18806 \begin_inset Note Note
18809 \begin_layout Standard
18810 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18811 space character (visible space).
18816 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18817 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18818 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18823 For example, if you want
18824 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18835 \begin_layout Standard
18854 \begin_layout Standard
18867 \begin_layout Standard
18878 , since in the latter case only the
18881 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18886 will be under the square root sign:
18887 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18893 \begin_layout Standard
18894 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18896 \begin_inset Formula \[
18897 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18900 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18904 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18905 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18908 \begin_layout Subsection
18912 \begin_layout Standard
18913 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18914 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18918 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18919 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18920 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18921 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18922 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18925 \begin_layout Subsection
18926 Exponents and Subscripts
18927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18928 name "Math ! Exponents"
18933 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18934 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18941 \begin_layout Standard
18942 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18943 way is to use a command.
18945 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18948 , type in a formula
18954 \begin_layout Standard
18970 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18976 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18980 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18989 \begin_layout Standard
19001 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
19003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19010 , you have to use an extra
19014 to separate the hat and the character.
19017 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19026 \begin_layout Standard
19038 Subscripts are similar: To get
19039 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19062 \begin_layout Subsection
19064 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19065 name "Math ! Fractions"
19072 \begin_layout Standard
19073 Create a fraction with either the command
19080 \begin_inset Graphics
19081 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19092 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19093 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19094 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19099 To move back up, press
19104 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19105 \begin_inset Formula \[
19106 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19108 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19115 \begin_layout Subsection
19117 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19118 name "Math ! Roots"
19125 \begin_layout Standard
19126 Roots can be created using the
19132 \begin_inset Graphics
19133 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19156 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19162 produces always a square root.
19165 \begin_layout Subsection
19166 Operators with Limits
19167 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19173 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19174 name "Math ! Integrals"
19179 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19180 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19189 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19193 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19196 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19197 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19198 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19199 The sum operator will automatically place its
19200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19207 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19210 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19214 \begin_inset Formula \[
19215 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19219 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19224 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19226 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19227 behind the operator and hitting
19233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19234 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19235 Change\InsetSpace ~
19236 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19242 \begin_layout Standard
19243 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19251 feature as addition, such as
19252 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19253 name "Math ! Limits"
19258 \begin_inset Formula \[
19259 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19263 which will place the
19264 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19276 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19277 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19283 \begin_layout Standard
19284 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19291 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19293 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19294 reference "sub:Functions"
19298 for an explanation of function macros.
19301 \begin_layout Subsection
19303 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19304 name "Math ! Symbols"
19311 \begin_layout Standard
19312 Most math symbols can be found in the
19317 under one of several categories; including
19334 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19338 \begin_layout Standard
19339 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19340 you don't have to use the
19345 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19346 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19349 \begin_layout Subsection
19351 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19352 name "Math ! Spaces"
19357 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19358 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19365 \begin_layout Standard
19366 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19378 \begin_inset Graphics
19379 filename ../images/math/space.png
19384 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19385 Here a example for the sequence
19390 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19394 \begin_inset Graphics
19395 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19400 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19401 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19402 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19403 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19408 \begin_layout Standard
19418 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19424 \begin_layout Standard
19434 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19440 \begin_layout Subsection
19442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19443 name "Math ! Functions"
19448 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19449 name "sub:Functions"
19456 \begin_layout Standard
19462 contains under the button
19463 \begin_inset Graphics
19464 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19468 a number of functions, such as
19469 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19473 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19481 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19488 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19489 avoid confusions, because
19490 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19494 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19500 \begin_layout Standard
19501 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19503 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19507 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19513 \begin_layout Standard
19514 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19515 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19518 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19525 \begin_layout Subsection
19527 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19528 name "Math ! Accents"
19535 \begin_layout Standard
19536 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19538 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19539 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19541 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19544 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19545 Our example is entered by typing
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19567 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19568 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19572 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 \begin_inset Float table
19581 \begin_layout Standard
19582 \begin_inset Caption
19584 \begin_layout Standard
19585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19586 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19590 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19600 \begin_inset Tabular
19601 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19606 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Standard
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Standard
19644 <row topline="true">
19645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19666 \begin_layout Standard
19676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19689 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19698 <row topline="true">
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Standard
19717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Standard
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Standard
19743 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19752 <row topline="true">
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Standard
19771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Standard
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Standard
19797 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19806 <row topline="true">
19807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Standard
19838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19851 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19860 <row topline="true">
19861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Standard
19879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19895 \begin_layout Standard
19905 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19914 <row topline="true">
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Standard
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Standard
19946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Standard
19959 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19968 <row topline="true">
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19990 \begin_layout Standard
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Standard
20013 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20022 <row topline="true">
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Standard
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Standard
20067 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20076 <row topline="true">
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Standard
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Standard
20108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Standard
20121 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20130 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20134 \begin_layout Standard
20140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20166 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20187 \begin_layout Standard
20188 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20194 \begin_inset Graphics
20195 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20199 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20203 \begin_layout Section
20204 Brackets and Delimiters
20205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20206 name "Math ! Brackets"
20211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20212 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20218 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20227 For most purposes, using just the keys
20232 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20233 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20239 \begin_inset Graphics
20240 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20245 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20247 \begin_inset Formula \[
20248 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20250 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20254 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20255 \begin_inset Formula \[
20256 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20265 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20268 \begin_layout Standard
20269 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20270 left side and right side.
20271 If you use the option
20276 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20277 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20278 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20279 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20282 \begin_layout Standard
20283 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20284 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20285 inside the brackets.
20286 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20291 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20306 \begin_layout Section
20308 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20309 name "Math ! Grouping"
20314 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20315 name "sec:Grouping"
20322 \begin_layout Standard
20323 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20324 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20335 \begin_layout Standard
20336 \begin_inset Formula \[
20337 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20360 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20361 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20362 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20365 \begin_layout Section
20366 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20367 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20368 name "Math ! Arrays"
20373 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20374 name "Math ! Matrices"
20379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20380 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20387 \begin_layout Standard
20388 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20394 \begin_inset Graphics
20395 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20400 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20401 Here is an example:
20402 \begin_inset Formula \[
20403 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20406 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20410 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20412 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20413 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20418 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20419 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20420 This alignment is set in the box
20425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20473 for every column as default.
20474 For example, the sequence
20475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20486 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20487 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20488 corresponds to the relevant column.
20489 The result will look like this:
20490 \begin_inset Formula \[
20492 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20493 column & has & has\, right\\
20494 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20502 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20506 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20507 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20509 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20515 \begin_layout Standard
20516 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20517 It can be created with the menu
20519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20520 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20532 \begin_inset Formula \[
20536 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20547 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20555 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20564 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20572 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20573 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20574 A new row is created by every further hit of
20582 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20583 Here is an example:
20584 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20585 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20586 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20590 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20591 where you want to start the shift and hit
20596 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20597 position to the next column.
20598 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20599 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20600 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20601 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20609 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20616 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20617 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20618 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20619 reference "eq:asquared"
20624 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20626 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20627 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20634 \begin_layout Section
20635 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20637 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20642 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20643 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20648 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20649 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20656 \begin_layout Standard
20657 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20659 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20660 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20661 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20670 The formula number appears in LyX as
20671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20678 within parentheses.
20680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20687 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20689 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20690 the document class.
20691 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20692 separated by a dot:
20693 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20694 1+1=2\end{equation}
20703 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20704 You can only number displayed formulas.
20707 \begin_layout Standard
20708 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20710 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20711 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20712 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20713 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20722 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20723 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20725 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20726 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20730 To number all lines use the shortcut
20738 \begin_layout Standard
20739 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20742 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20743 A label is inserted with the menu
20745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20748 when the cursor is in the formula.
20749 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20750 It is recommended to use the proposed
20751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20762 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20763 type when you have many labels in your document.
20764 We inserted in the following example the label
20765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20772 in the second line:
20773 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20774 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20775 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20779 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20780 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20790 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20797 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20798 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20799 as the formula number:
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20803 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20804 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20805 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20815 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20816 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20821 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20827 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20832 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20840 \begin_layout Section
20841 User defined math macros
20842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20843 name "Math ! Macros"
20850 \begin_layout Standard
20851 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20852 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20853 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20856 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20857 \begin_inset Formula \[
20858 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20862 The general form of its solution is:
20863 \begin_inset Formula \[
20864 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20872 The macro should print the parameters
20873 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20877 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20881 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20884 like in the equation above.
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 A macro is created by executing the command
20891 \begin_layout Standard
20898 \begin_layout Standard
20911 \begin_layout Standard
20920 Number\InsetSpace ~
20925 \begin_layout Standard
20926 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20927 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20928 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20929 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20933 \begin_layout Standard
20934 We have three arguments and name the macro
20935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20942 , so that the command is:
20945 \begin_layout Standard
20952 \begin_layout Standard
20965 \begin_layout Standard
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 This results in the following macro definition box:
20979 \begin_inset Graphics
20980 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20985 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20986 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20987 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20991 \begin_inset Note Note
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20995 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20996 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
21004 \begin_layout Standard
21005 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21006 the math panel or commands.
21007 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21008 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21019 for the first argument.
21020 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21021 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21022 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21023 in LyX with its full size.
21024 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21025 In our example we insert the sequence
21055 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21058 \begin_layout Standard
21059 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21074 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21077 \begin_layout Standard
21079 \begin_inset Graphics
21080 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21087 \begin_layout Standard
21088 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21089 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21090 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21091 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21092 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21097 to the new definition.
21098 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21099 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21103 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21107 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21111 \begin_inset Formula \[
21112 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21119 \begin_layout Standard
21120 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21143 \begin_layout Standard
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21169 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21172 \begin_layout Standard
21173 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21174 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21175 definition box in your document.
21176 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21178 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21180 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21185 \begin_layout Section
21189 \begin_layout Subsection
21191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21192 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21199 \begin_layout Standard
21200 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21201 To set a font in a formula, use the
21207 \begin_inset Graphics
21208 filename ../images/math/font.png
21212 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21214 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21215 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21223 \begin_inset Float table
21228 \begin_layout Standard
21229 \begin_inset Caption
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21232 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21233 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21237 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21245 \begin_layout Standard
21247 \begin_inset Tabular
21248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21252 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21256 \begin_layout Standard
21262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21265 \begin_layout Standard
21272 <row topline="true">
21273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21276 \begin_layout Standard
21283 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21305 <row topline="true">
21306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21309 \begin_layout Standard
21310 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21332 <row topline="true">
21333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21348 \begin_layout Standard
21359 <row topline="true">
21360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21363 \begin_layout Standard
21370 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21392 <row topline="true">
21393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21396 \begin_layout Standard
21397 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21419 <row topline="true">
21420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21424 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21435 \begin_layout Standard
21446 <row topline="true">
21447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21450 \begin_layout Standard
21458 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21469 \begin_layout Standard
21480 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21496 \begin_layout Standard
21519 \begin_layout Standard
21520 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21528 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21546 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21551 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21552 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21553 Here an example where a
21554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21565 denotes the set of numbers:
21566 \begin_inset Formula \[
21567 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21574 \begin_layout Standard
21575 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21586 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21591 So better don't use this feature.
21594 \begin_layout Standard
21595 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21596 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21601 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21607 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21608 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21614 \begin_layout Standard
21621 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21624 \begin_layout Standard
21625 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21628 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21635 \begin_layout Subsection
21637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21645 \begin_layout Standard
21646 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21648 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21651 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21661 \begin_inset Graphics
21662 filename ../images/math/font.png
21666 (alternatively the shortcut
21672 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21673 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21674 Here is an example:
21675 \begin_inset Formula \[
21677 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21678 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21685 \begin_layout Subsection
21687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21688 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21695 \begin_layout Standard
21696 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21697 automatically chosen in most situations.
21715 For most characters,
21723 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21724 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21729 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21730 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21731 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21732 \begin_inset Graphics
21733 filename ../images/math/style.png
21738 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21739 For example, you can set
21740 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21743 , which is normally in
21752 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21756 The four styles are used in the following example:
21759 \begin_layout Standard
21760 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21764 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21768 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21772 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21780 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21782 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21786 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21787 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21788 will be adjusted to correspond.
21789 As example a formula in the font size
21790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21804 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21810 \begin_layout Section
21812 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21818 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21826 \begin_layout Standard
21827 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21828 (AMS) that are in common use.
21831 \begin_layout Subsection
21832 Enabling AMS-Support
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 Selecting the checkbox
21845 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21849 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21850 name "Document ! Settings"
21859 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21861 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21862 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21865 \begin_layout Subsection
21867 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21868 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21873 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21874 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21881 \begin_layout Standard
21882 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21883 LyX allows you to choose between
21904 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21907 \begin_layout Chapter
21911 \begin_layout Section
21913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21914 name "Cross references"
21919 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21920 name "sec:Cross-References"
21927 \begin_layout Standard
21928 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21929 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21931 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21932 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21933 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21936 \begin_layout Enumerate
21940 \begin_layout Enumerate
21941 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21942 name "enu:Second-item"
21949 \begin_layout Enumerate
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21959 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21960 \begin_inset Graphics
21961 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21967 A grey label box like this:
21968 \begin_inset Graphics
21969 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21974 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21975 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22010 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22011 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22026 \begin_layout Standard
22027 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22032 or the toolbar button
22033 \begin_inset Graphics
22034 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22040 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22041 \begin_inset Graphics
22042 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22047 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22049 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22062 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22064 Here is our cross-reference:
22067 \begin_layout Standard
22070 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22071 reference "enu:Second-item"
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 It is recommended to use a protected space
22083 \begin_layout Standard
22084 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22086 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22087 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22096 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22104 \begin_layout Description
22105 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22106 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22107 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22114 \begin_layout Description
22115 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22116 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22126 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22127 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22134 \begin_layout Description
22135 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22137 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22138 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22145 \begin_layout Description
22148 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22149 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22150 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22157 \begin_layout Description
22158 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22161 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22163 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22164 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22171 \begin_layout Description
22172 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22173 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22176 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22179 \begin_layout Standard
22184 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22187 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22188 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22202 \begin_layout Standard
22203 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22204 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22205 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22224 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22225 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22229 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22233 \begin_layout Standard
22234 You can only use the style
22238 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22242 is always possible.
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22246 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22247 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22248 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22249 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22251 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22252 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22259 \begin_layout Standard
22266 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22267 The button text changes then to
22272 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22273 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22274 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22278 \begin_layout Standard
22279 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22280 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22281 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22284 \begin_layout Standard
22285 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22286 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22289 \begin_layout Standard
22290 References are described in detail in the
22297 \begin_layout Section
22298 Table of Contents and other Listings
22299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22300 name "Table of contents"
22305 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22311 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22319 \begin_layout Subsection
22320 Table of Contents and Outline
22321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22322 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22332 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22333 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22339 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22340 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22341 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22342 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22349 \begin_layout Standard
22350 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22351 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22352 in section\InsetSpace ~
22354 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22355 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22359 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22360 Section\InsetSpace ~
22362 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22363 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22367 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22369 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22370 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22371 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22375 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22377 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22379 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22385 \begin_layout Subsection
22386 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22387 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22395 \begin_layout Standard
22396 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22397 You can insert them via the
22399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22405 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22408 \begin_layout Section
22409 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22410 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22416 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22424 \begin_layout Standard
22425 It is often desirable to include long
22426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22433 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22434 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22435 to typeset properly.
22436 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22437 resulting in an overfull line.
22438 To avoid this, use the menu
22440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22443 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22446 \begin_layout Standard
22447 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22451 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22456 \begin_layout Standard
22457 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22458 name "LyX-Homepage"
22459 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22466 \begin_layout Standard
22467 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22477 \begin_layout Itemize
22478 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22479 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22493 \begin_layout Itemize
22494 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22497 \begin_layout Section
22499 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22505 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22506 name "sec:Appendices"
22513 \begin_layout Standard
22514 Appendices are created with the menu
22516 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22518 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22522 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22523 as appendix region.
22524 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22529 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22530 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22531 and the subsection number.
22532 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22537 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22539 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22540 reference "cha:Credits"
22544 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22546 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22547 reference "sub:Export"
22554 \begin_layout Section
22556 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22557 name "Bibliography"
22562 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22563 name "sec:Bibliography"
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22572 You can include a bibliography database
22576 \begin_layout Standard
22577 Known under the name
22578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22590 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22592 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22596 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22598 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22599 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22606 \begin_layout Standard
22611 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22613 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22622 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22624 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22633 , a short form of its title, as key.
22636 \begin_layout Standard
22637 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22642 or the toobar button
22643 \begin_inset Graphics
22644 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22645 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22650 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22651 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22652 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22653 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22658 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22659 with surrounding brackets.
22664 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22665 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22680 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22683 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22684 key "latexcompanion"
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22693 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22701 \begin_layout Subsection
22702 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22704 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22710 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22715 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22716 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22726 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22728 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22729 your working field in a database.
22730 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22731 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22734 \begin_layout Standard
22735 The database is a text file with the file extension
22736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22747 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22748 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22749 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22750 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22755 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22759 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22760 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22766 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22769 \begin_layout Standard
22770 To use a database, use the menu
22772 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22777 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22793 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22794 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22798 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22810 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22811 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22812 take care of the layout.
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22816 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22819 \begin_layout Standard
22820 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22829 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22855 \begin_layout Standard
22866 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22875 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22882 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22883 the two methods of creating them.
22884 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22885 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22886 We used the style file
22890 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22893 \begin_layout Subsection
22894 Bibliography layout
22895 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22896 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22904 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22905 For this feature you need to use the option
22911 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22916 name "Document ! Settings"
22925 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22926 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22927 in the previous section.
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22931 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22932 in the citation reference window.
22933 Here an example where we set the text
22934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22937 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22942 to appear after the reference:
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22947 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22949 key "latexcompanion"
22956 \begin_layout Section
22958 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22959 name "Index generation"
22964 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22973 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22979 or the toolbar button
22980 \begin_inset Graphics
22981 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22982 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22999 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
23000 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
23001 by LyX as index entry.
23004 \begin_layout Standard
23005 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23008 \begin_layout Standard
23013 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23014 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23019 Therefore you cannot insert
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 to an index entry field, because the
23030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23037 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23039 The correct entry is
23042 \begin_layout Standard
23050 \begin_layout Standard
23051 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23052 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23053 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23054 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23056 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23057 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23064 \begin_layout Standard
23065 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23068 \begin_layout Standard
23069 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23071 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23074 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23079 A light blue box labeled
23080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23091 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23092 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23095 \begin_layout Subsection
23096 Grouping Index Entries
23097 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23098 name "Index ! Grouping"
23105 \begin_layout Standard
23106 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23108 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23109 lists under the entry
23110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23118 First we create the entry
23119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23126 in section\InsetSpace ~
23128 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23129 reference "sub:Lists"
23134 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23136 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23137 reference "sec:Itemize"
23141 , we insert the command
23144 \begin_layout Standard
23150 \begin_layout Standard
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23160 \begin_layout Standard
23161 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23164 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23171 \begin_layout Standard
23172 The exclamation mark
23173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23180 marks the grouping levels.
23181 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23182 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23183 If we don't have an index entry for
23184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23191 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23194 \begin_layout Subsection
23196 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23197 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23205 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23207 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23208 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23209 in section\InsetSpace ~
23211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23212 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23222 Paragraph environments|(
23225 \begin_layout Standard
23226 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23228 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23229 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23236 \begin_layout Standard
23239 Paragraph environments|)
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23267 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23268 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23269 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23270 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23271 An example is the index entry
23272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23275 Document ! Settings
23276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23282 \begin_layout Subsection
23284 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23285 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23292 \begin_layout Standard
23293 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23294 We referred for example in the index entry
23295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23302 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23304 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23305 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23309 ) to the index entry
23310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23317 in the same section using the command
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23323 GIF|see{Image formats}
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23328 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23331 \begin_layout Subsection
23333 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23334 name "Index ! Entry order"
23341 \begin_layout Standard
23342 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23343 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23344 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23349 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23350 section\InsetSpace ~
23352 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23353 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23362 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23363 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23388 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23389 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23394 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23395 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23400 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23401 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23405 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23406 order maïs, maison, maître.
23407 To achieve this, we use the command
23410 \begin_layout Standard
23413 previous entry@current entry
23416 \begin_layout Standard
23417 In our case we want to have
23418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23442 \begin_layout Standard
23443 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23444 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23448 \begin_layout Subsection
23450 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23451 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23460 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23463 \begin_layout Standard
23468 textit{This is an italic entry}
23471 \begin_layout Standard
23478 produces the italic layout.
23479 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23480 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23484 We refer to LaTeX books (
23485 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23486 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23490 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23491 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23492 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23496 \begin_layout Standard
23501 textit{This is an italic entry}
23504 \begin_layout Standard
23505 You can also format the page number using the character
23506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23513 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23514 We can write for example
23517 \begin_layout Standard
23520 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23525 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23526 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23530 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23547 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23551 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23553 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23554 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23558 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23561 \begin_layout Standard
23562 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23564 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23565 for all index entries.
23568 \begin_layout Subsection
23570 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23571 name "Index ! Program"
23576 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23577 name "sub:Index-Program"
23584 \begin_layout Standard
23585 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23590 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23591 see section\InsetSpace ~
23593 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23594 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23599 The available options are listed and explained in
23600 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23608 \begin_layout Standard
23609 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23617 \begin_layout Section
23618 Nomenclature / Glossary
23619 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23620 name "Nomenclature"
23625 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23626 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23631 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23632 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23641 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23645 \begin_layout Standard
23646 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23649 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23650 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23657 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23658 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23663 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23666 \begin_layout Standard
23667 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23668 and then use the menu
23670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23675 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23678 or the toobar button
23679 \begin_inset Graphics
23680 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23698 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23703 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23704 The second is the description of the symbol.
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23716 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23717 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23725 \begin_layout Subsection
23726 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23728 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23735 \begin_layout Standard
23736 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23740 field as LaTeX-formula.
23742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23746 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23771 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23772 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23784 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23797 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23798 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23805 \begin_layout Standard
23811 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23812 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23817 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23824 in this document is:
23828 dummy entry for the character
23850 font use the command
23879 \begin_layout Subsection
23880 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23881 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23882 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23889 \begin_layout Standard
23890 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23891 the symbol definition.
23892 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23893 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23896 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23898 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23905 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23909 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23912 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23917 They will be sorted by
23918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23944 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23947 will be sorted before the
23951 since the character
23952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23959 is considered in sorting.
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23963 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23968 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23969 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23971 For the given example, you can insert
23975 to this field for the
23976 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23983 will be located before
23984 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23990 \begin_layout Standard
23991 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23996 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24004 \begin_layout Subsection
24005 Nomenclature Options
24006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24007 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24014 \begin_layout Standard
24019 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24020 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24023 \begin_layout Description
24024 refeq Appends the phrase
24025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24040 to every nomenclature entry, where
24046 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24049 \begin_layout Description
24050 refpage Appends the phrase
24051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24066 to every nomenclature entry, where
24072 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24075 \begin_layout Description
24076 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24079 \begin_layout Standard
24080 There are furthermore the options
24124 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24130 class options list in the
24132 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24136 In this document the options
24147 \begin_layout Standard
24148 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24154 \begin_layout Standard
24155 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24156 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24161 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24164 \begin_layout Description
24174 \begin_layout Description
24177 nomrefpage Like the
24184 \begin_layout Description
24187 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24196 \begin_layout Description
24199 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24202 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24205 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24208 \begin_layout Subsection
24209 Printing the Nomenclature
24210 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24211 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24219 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24224 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24228 A light blue box labeled
24229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24240 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24241 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24245 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24254 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24262 For example, in order to change the name to
24266 , add the following line to the preamble:
24269 \begin_layout Standard
24277 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24280 \begin_layout Standard
24281 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24287 \begin_layout Standard
24288 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24289 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24300 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24306 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24308 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24309 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24314 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24318 \begin_layout Section
24320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24326 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24327 name "Document ! Branches"
24332 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24333 name "sec:Branches"
24340 \begin_layout Standard
24341 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24342 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24343 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24344 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24347 \begin_layout Standard
24348 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24349 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24350 To create a branch, go in the
24352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24360 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24361 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24364 \begin_layout Standard
24365 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24366 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24371 where you can choose a branch.
24372 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24377 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 \begin_inset Branch Question
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24397 \begin_layout Standard
24398 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24406 \begin_layout Section
24407 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24408 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24416 \begin_layout Subsection
24418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24424 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24425 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24433 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24434 constructs, but not all.
24435 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24436 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24437 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24438 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24439 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24440 and their commands.
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24444 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24454 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24455 An ERT box is created by the menu
24457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24460 or by the toolbar button
24461 \begin_inset Graphics
24462 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24467 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24480 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24481 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24492 \begin_layout Standard
24493 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24494 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24495 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24502 , you can write the command part
24508 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24512 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24513 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24517 \begin_layout Standard
24518 \begin_inset Graphics
24519 filename clipart/ERT.png
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 This is a line with a
24536 \begin_layout Standard
24549 \begin_layout Standard
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24568 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24569 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24577 \begin_layout Subsection
24578 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24579 \begin_inset OptArg
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24589 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24590 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24595 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24596 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24603 \begin_layout Standard
24604 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24605 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24606 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24615 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24616 every time if you know the right commands.
24618 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24619 the end of the day.
24620 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24621 all caption labels bold.
24622 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24624 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24627 \begin_layout Standard
24628 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24629 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24630 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24632 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24640 \begin_layout Standard
24641 As result you know that the package
24646 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24647 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24652 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24660 \begin_layout Standard
24665 usepackage[options]{package name}
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24670 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24671 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24675 In your case the package name is
24680 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24685 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24686 So you add the command
24689 \begin_layout Standard
24694 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 For more commands provided by the
24707 package, have a look at its documentation,
24708 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24724 For example if you use a
24728 class, you don't need the package
24732 , you can instead write
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24740 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24745 \begin_layout Standard
24746 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24747 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24748 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24755 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24759 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24760 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24762 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24766 \begin_layout Standard
24767 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24769 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24770 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24778 \begin_layout Section
24779 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24781 name "Instant preview"
24786 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24787 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24792 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24793 name "Document ! Preview"
24800 \begin_layout Standard
24801 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24802 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24803 to break your train of thought with
24805 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24813 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24816 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24817 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24823 as explained below, and turn on
24825 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24830 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24837 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24844 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24846 Previews of an already loaded document are
24850 generated just by selecting the
24852 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24855 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24860 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24865 check box in the insert dialog.
24866 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24870 \begin_layout Standard
24871 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24875 (on some systems named simply
24880 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24881 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24886 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24887 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24895 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24900 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24907 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24911 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24915 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24916 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24918 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24919 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24920 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24921 the source view window.
24924 \begin_layout Section
24926 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24927 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24932 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24933 name "Spell checking"
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24941 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24942 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24959 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24965 can be seen as successor of
24969 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24974 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24975 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24984 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24985 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24995 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24998 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24999 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
25000 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
25001 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
25002 scrolled so that it is visible.
25007 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25009 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25013 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25014 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25017 \begin_layout Standard
25018 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25025 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25026 will bring an error message.
25027 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25028 specifying a different
25030 Alternative language
25032 in preferences dialog.
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25036 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25039 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25043 \begin_layout Standard
25044 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25045 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25047 But you can use the
25056 \begin_layout Standard
25057 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25058 This does work with
25062 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25065 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25074 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25077 \begin_layout Description
25078 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25079 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25080 checker should consider, e.g.
25081 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25082 This should not normally be needed.
25085 \begin_layout Description
25086 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25087 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25088 choice as your personal dictionary
25091 \begin_layout Description
25092 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25093 compound\InsetSpace ~
25094 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25106 \begin_layout Description
25109 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25118 also for the spellchecker.
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25126 reference "sub:Settings"
25135 Only enable this if you use
25139 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25140 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25141 so this is disabled by default.
25144 \begin_layout Section
25146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25152 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25153 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25168 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25171 or the toolbar button
25172 \begin_inset Graphics
25173 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25174 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25175 rotateOrigin center
25180 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25186 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25187 cases to find related words.
25190 \begin_layout Standard
25191 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25193 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25201 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25210 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25229 \begin_layout Section
25231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25232 name "Change Tracking"
25237 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25238 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25243 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25244 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25253 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25254 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25255 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25257 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25258 Change\InsetSpace ~
25259 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25276 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25287 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25288 name "Color ! LyX screen"
25295 \begin_layout Standard
25296 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25297 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25298 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25305 \begin_layout Standard
25306 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25312 \begin_layout Standard
25313 \begin_inset Graphics
25314 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25321 \begin_layout Standard
25322 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25341 \begin_inset Tabular
25342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25343 <features islongtable="true">
25344 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25345 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 \begin_inset Graphics
25352 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25353 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25354 rotateOrigin center
25363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25369 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25370 Change\InsetSpace ~
25371 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25383 \begin_layout Standard
25384 \begin_inset Graphics
25385 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25386 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25387 rotateOrigin center
25396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25403 Change\InsetSpace ~
25404 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 \begin_inset Graphics
25420 filename ../images/change-next.png
25421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25422 rotateOrigin center
25431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25434 \begin_layout Standard
25435 Jumps to the next change
25441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 \begin_inset Graphics
25447 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25449 rotateOrigin center
25458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25465 Change\InsetSpace ~
25466 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25467 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 \begin_inset Graphics
25480 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25482 rotateOrigin center
25491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25498 Change\InsetSpace ~
25499 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25500 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25511 \begin_layout Standard
25512 \begin_inset Graphics
25513 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25514 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25515 rotateOrigin center
25524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25531 Change\InsetSpace ~
25532 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 \begin_inset Graphics
25546 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25548 rotateOrigin center
25557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25564 Change\InsetSpace ~
25565 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25566 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25578 \begin_layout Standard
25579 \begin_inset Graphics
25580 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25582 rotateOrigin center
25591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25598 Change\InsetSpace ~
25599 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25600 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 \begin_inset Graphics
25614 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25616 rotateOrigin center
25625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25632 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25644 \begin_layout Standard
25645 \begin_inset Graphics
25646 filename ../images/note-next.png
25647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25648 rotateOrigin center
25657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25660 \begin_layout Standard
25663 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25678 \begin_layout Standard
25679 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25687 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25688 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25689 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25690 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25691 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25692 step to the next change.
25693 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25698 to describe a change.
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25705 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25706 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25713 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25714 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25719 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25722 \begin_layout Section
25723 International Support
25724 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25725 name "International support"
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25734 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25735 how to set up LyX to use them:
25736 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25737 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25747 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25748 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25755 \begin_layout Subsection
25757 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25758 name "Language ! Options"
25763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25764 name "Document ! Settings"
25769 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25770 name "Document ! Language"
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25780 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25783 dialog lets you set
25785 the language and character encoding for your language.
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 Choose your language in the
25794 section of this dialog.
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25807 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25811 use language's default encoding
25813 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25814 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25816 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25817 reference "sub:Settings"
25824 \begin_layout Subsection
25825 Keyboard mapping configuration
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25830 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25831 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25832 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25833 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
25834 see section\InsetSpace ~
25836 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25837 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
25842 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25843 which one you want to use.
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25848 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25849 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25850 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25851 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25852 one to support the characters you want.
25853 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25860 \begin_layout Subsection
25862 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25873 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25874 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25883 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25889 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25897 \begin_layout Itemize
25898 Even if you have selected
25904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25907 dialog, users who have only the
25911 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25915 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25916 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25917 french quotes won't show up.
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25921 \begin_inset Float table
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25927 \begin_inset Caption
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25931 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25949 \begin_inset Tabular
25950 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25969 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26000 \begin_layout Standard
26015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26090 \begin_layout Standard
26105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26108 \begin_layout Standard
26123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26126 \begin_layout Standard
26141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26144 \begin_layout Standard
26159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26252 \begin_layout Standard
26268 <row topline="true">
26269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26351 \begin_layout Standard
26365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26368 \begin_layout Standard
26382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26402 \begin_layout Standard
26408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26512 <row topline="true">
26513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26543 \begin_layout Standard
26549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26663 \begin_layout Standard
26669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26689 \begin_layout Standard
26703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26772 <row topline="true">
26773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26776 \begin_layout Standard
26791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26917 \begin_layout Standard
26923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26926 \begin_layout Standard
26932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26935 \begin_layout Standard
26941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26961 \begin_layout Standard
26975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26995 \begin_layout Standard
27009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27012 \begin_layout Standard
27027 <row topline="true">
27028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27049 \begin_layout Standard
27055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27067 \begin_layout Standard
27081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27152 \begin_layout Standard
27166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27178 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27272 \begin_layout Standard
27287 <row topline="true">
27288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27429 \begin_layout Standard
27435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27539 <row topline="true">
27540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27561 \begin_layout Standard
27567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27690 \begin_layout Standard
27696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27759 \begin_layout Standard
27773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27791 <row topline="true">
27792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27831 \begin_layout Standard
27845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27994 \begin_layout Standard
28008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28043 <row topline="true">
28044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28047 \begin_layout Standard
28062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28100 \begin_layout Standard
28114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28117 \begin_layout Standard
28131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28194 \begin_layout Standard
28200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28220 \begin_layout Standard
28234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28237 \begin_layout Standard
28251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28288 \begin_layout Standard
28303 <row topline="true">
28304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28334 \begin_layout Standard
28340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28454 \begin_layout Standard
28460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28531 \begin_layout Standard
28545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28548 \begin_layout Standard
28563 <row topline="true">
28564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28567 \begin_layout Standard
28582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28620 \begin_layout Standard
28634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28637 \begin_layout Standard
28651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28823 <row topline="true">
28824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28854 \begin_layout Standard
28860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28880 \begin_layout Standard
28894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Standard
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28965 \begin_layout Standard
28971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28974 \begin_layout Standard
28980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28983 \begin_layout Standard
28997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29000 \begin_layout Standard
29014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29034 \begin_layout Standard
29048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29051 \begin_layout Standard
29065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29068 \begin_layout Standard
29083 <row topline="true">
29084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29114 \begin_layout Standard
29120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29140 \begin_layout Standard
29154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29174 \begin_layout Standard
29188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29243 \begin_layout Standard
29257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29260 \begin_layout Standard
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29294 \begin_layout Standard
29308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29328 \begin_layout Standard
29343 <row topline="true">
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Standard
29371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29374 \begin_layout Standard
29380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29417 \begin_layout Standard
29431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Standard
29484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29487 \begin_layout Standard
29493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29496 \begin_layout Standard
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Standard
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Standard
29536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29539 \begin_layout Standard
29553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29573 \begin_layout Standard
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Standard
29605 <row topline="true">
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Standard
29624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29636 \begin_layout Standard
29642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Standard
29676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29679 \begin_layout Standard
29693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29696 \begin_layout Standard
29710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29756 \begin_layout Standard
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29791 \begin_layout Standard
29805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Standard
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29857 <row topline="true">
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Standard
29876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29879 \begin_layout Standard
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Standard
29894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29897 \begin_layout Standard
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Standard
29928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29931 \begin_layout Standard
29945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29948 \begin_layout Standard
29962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29965 \begin_layout Standard
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30008 \begin_layout Standard
30014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30017 \begin_layout Standard
30031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30034 \begin_layout Standard
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Standard
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Standard
30082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30085 \begin_layout Standard
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Standard
30117 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30121 \begin_layout Standard
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30148 \begin_layout Standard
30154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30157 \begin_layout Standard
30171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30174 \begin_layout Standard
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Standard
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Standard
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Standard
30239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30242 \begin_layout Standard
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Standard
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Standard
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Standard
30283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Standard
30300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30303 \begin_layout Standard
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Standard
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Standard
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Standard
30381 \begin_layout Standard
30382 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30384 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30385 also the characters from
30397 \begin_layout Itemize
30406 \begin_layout Standard
30407 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30412 \begin_layout Standard
30413 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30418 \begin_layout Standard
30419 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30424 \begin_layout Standard
30425 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30430 \begin_layout Standard
30436 \begin_layout Standard
30442 \begin_layout Standard
30449 \begin_layout Itemize
30462 \begin_layout Standard
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30474 \begin_layout Standard
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30492 \begin_layout Standard
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30500 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30501 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30502 Also make sure you're using the
30509 \begin_layout Chapter
30512 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30513 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30521 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30522 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30523 inside the user's guide.
30526 \begin_layout Section
30528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30536 \begin_layout Standard
30541 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30542 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30545 \begin_layout Subsection
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 Creates a new document.
30553 \begin_layout Subsection
30557 \begin_layout Standard
30558 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30559 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30560 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30563 \begin_layout Subsection
30567 \begin_layout Standard
30571 \begin_layout Subsection
30575 \begin_layout Standard
30576 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30577 Click there on a file to open it.
30580 \begin_layout Subsection
30584 \begin_layout Standard
30585 Closes the current document.
30588 \begin_layout Subsection
30592 \begin_layout Standard
30593 Saves the actual document.
30596 \begin_layout Subsection
30600 \begin_layout Standard
30601 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30604 \begin_layout Subsection
30608 \begin_layout Standard
30609 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30612 \begin_layout Subsection
30616 \begin_layout Standard
30617 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30618 It is described in the section
30620 Version Control in LyX
30624 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30630 \begin_layout Subsection
30634 \begin_layout Standard
30635 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30636 text files (ASCII-files).
30637 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30640 \begin_layout Standard
30641 When using the menu
30644 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30647 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30648 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30649 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30650 will start a new paragraph.
30653 \begin_layout Subsection
30655 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30663 \begin_layout Standard
30664 You can export your document to various file formats.
30665 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30666 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30667 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30670 \begin_layout Standard
30671 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30672 section\InsetSpace ~
30674 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30675 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30682 \begin_layout Description
30688 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30689 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30692 \begin_layout Description
30700 \begin_layout Description
30701 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30705 \begin_layout Description
30708 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30713 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30721 \begin_layout Description
30728 \begin_layout Standard
30738 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30739 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30743 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30746 \begin_layout Description
30753 \begin_layout Standard
30763 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30764 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30772 \begin_layout Description
30774 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30782 is replaced by the version number)
30785 \begin_layout Description
30786 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30799 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30803 \begin_layout Description
30808 PDF-format using the program
30813 \begin_layout Description
30819 PDF-format using the program
30824 \begin_layout Description
30830 PDF-format using the program
30835 \begin_layout Description
30844 \begin_layout Description
30851 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30852 and then exported as text using the program
30857 \begin_layout Description
30862 PostScript format using the program
30867 \begin_layout Description
30875 \begin_layout Standard
30880 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30881 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30887 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30890 \begin_layout Standard
30891 If one of the menu entries
30904 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30905 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30907 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30908 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30913 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30914 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30921 \begin_layout Standard
30926 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30927 the export program.
30930 \begin_layout Subsection
30934 \begin_layout Standard
30935 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30936 or send it to a printer.
30937 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30938 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30944 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30946 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30947 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30954 \begin_layout Subsection
30955 New and Close Window
30958 \begin_layout Standard
30959 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30960 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30963 \begin_layout Section
30965 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30973 \begin_layout Subsection
30977 \begin_layout Standard
30978 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30980 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30981 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
30988 \begin_layout Subsection
30989 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
30992 \begin_layout Standard
30993 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30995 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30996 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31003 \begin_layout Subsection
31007 \begin_layout Standard
31008 Selects the whole document.
31011 \begin_layout Subsection
31013 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31014 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
31021 \begin_layout Standard
31022 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31024 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31025 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31032 \begin_layout Subsection
31033 Move paragraph Up/Down
31036 \begin_layout Standard
31037 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31041 \begin_layout Subsection
31043 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31044 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
31051 \begin_layout Standard
31052 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31054 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31055 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31062 \begin_layout Subsection
31064 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31065 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31072 \begin_layout Standard
31073 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31075 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31078 \begin_layout Standard
31079 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31080 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31083 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31094 \begin_layout Subsection
31098 \begin_layout Standard
31099 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31100 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31101 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31103 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31104 reference "sec:Tables"
31108 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31111 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31118 \begin_layout Subsection
31119 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31122 \begin_layout Standard
31123 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31125 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31128 reference "sec:Nesting"
31133 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31134 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31141 \begin_layout Section
31143 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31151 \begin_layout Standard
31156 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31157 document with an external program.
31158 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31159 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31160 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31162 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31163 reference "sub:Export"
31168 You should at least see the menu entries
31178 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31179 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31181 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31182 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31187 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31188 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31197 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31200 reference "sec:File-Formats"
31205 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31208 \begin_layout Standard
31209 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31212 At the bottom of the
31216 menu the opened documents are listed.
31219 \begin_layout Subsection
31223 \begin_layout Standard
31224 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31225 in section\InsetSpace ~
31227 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31228 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31235 \begin_layout Subsection
31239 \begin_layout Standard
31240 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31241 opening a new view window.
31244 \begin_layout Subsection
31246 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31247 name "sub:Toolbars"
31252 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31260 \begin_layout Standard
31261 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31262 All toolbars and the
31264 Command\InsetSpace ~
31267 can be turned on and off.
31272 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31290 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31294 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31301 \begin_layout Standard
31306 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31310 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31311 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31312 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31313 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31314 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31317 \begin_layout Standard
31318 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31321 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31328 \begin_layout Section
31330 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31331 name "Menu ! Insert"
31338 \begin_layout Subsection
31342 \begin_layout Standard
31343 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31345 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31346 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31353 \begin_layout Subsection
31355 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31356 name "sub:Special-Character"
31363 \begin_layout Standard
31364 Here you can insert the following characters:
31367 \begin_layout Description
31368 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31372 \begin_layout Description
31375 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31377 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31378 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31385 \begin_layout Description
31386 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31387 Quote Inserts this quote:
31388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31391 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31403 \begin_layout Description
31404 Single\InsetSpace ~
31405 Quote Inserts this quote:
31406 \begin_inset Quotes els
31412 \begin_layout Description
31414 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31418 \begin_layout Description
31419 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31421 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31422 name "Phonetic symbols"
31427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31428 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31432 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31433 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31434 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31439 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31440 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31446 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31450 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31457 and this Wiki-page:
31460 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31461 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31468 \begin_layout Subsection
31472 \begin_layout Standard
31473 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31476 \begin_layout Description
31477 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31478 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31484 \begin_layout Description
31485 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31486 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31492 \begin_layout Description
31493 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31494 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31497 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31504 \begin_layout Description
31505 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31506 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31509 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31516 \begin_layout Description
31518 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31521 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31528 \begin_layout Description
31529 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31530 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31532 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31533 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31540 \begin_layout Description
31541 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31542 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31545 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31552 \begin_layout Description
31553 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31554 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31557 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31564 \begin_layout Description
31565 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31566 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31569 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31576 \begin_layout Description
31577 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31578 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31580 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31581 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31588 \begin_layout Description
31590 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31593 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31600 \begin_layout Description
31602 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31604 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31605 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31612 \begin_layout Description
31614 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31616 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31617 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31624 \begin_layout Description
31626 Double\InsetSpace ~
31627 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31629 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31630 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31637 \begin_layout Subsection
31641 \begin_layout Standard
31642 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31643 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31644 in section\InsetSpace ~
31646 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31647 reference "sec:toc"
31652 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31654 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31655 reference "sec:Index"
31659 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31662 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31666 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31668 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31669 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31676 \begin_layout Subsection
31680 \begin_layout Standard
31681 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31683 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31684 reference "sec:Floats"
31691 \begin_layout Subsection
31695 \begin_layout Standard
31696 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31698 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31699 reference "sec:Notes"
31706 \begin_layout Subsection
31710 \begin_layout Standard
31711 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31713 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31714 reference "sec:Branches"
31721 \begin_layout Subsection
31723 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31724 name "External Material"
31731 \begin_layout Standard
31732 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31733 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31744 \begin_layout Subsection
31746 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31754 \begin_layout Standard
31755 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31757 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31758 reference "sec:Minipages"
31763 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31774 \begin_layout Subsection
31778 \begin_layout Standard
31779 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31781 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31782 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31789 \begin_layout Subsection
31793 \begin_layout Standard
31794 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31796 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31797 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31804 \begin_layout Subsection
31808 \begin_layout Standard
31809 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31811 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31812 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31819 \begin_layout Subsection
31821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31828 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31835 \begin_layout Standard
31836 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31837 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31840 reference "sec:Floats"
31844 , cations in longtables are described in section
31855 \begin_layout Subsection
31859 \begin_layout Standard
31860 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31862 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31863 reference "sec:Index"
31870 \begin_layout Subsection
31874 \begin_layout Standard
31875 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31877 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31878 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31885 \begin_layout Subsection
31889 \begin_layout Standard
31891 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31893 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31894 reference "sec:Tables"
31901 \begin_layout Subsection
31905 \begin_layout Standard
31907 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31909 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31910 reference "sec:Graphics"
31917 \begin_layout Subsection
31921 \begin_layout Standard
31922 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31924 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31925 reference "sec:URL"
31932 \begin_layout Subsection
31936 \begin_layout Standard
31937 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
31939 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31940 reference "sec:Footnotes"
31947 \begin_layout Subsection
31951 \begin_layout Standard
31952 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
31954 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31955 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
31962 \begin_layout Subsection
31966 \begin_layout Standard
31967 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
31969 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31970 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
31977 \begin_layout Subsection
31981 \begin_layout Standard
31982 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
31984 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31985 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
31992 \begin_layout Subsection
31994 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31995 name "Program listings"
32002 \begin_layout Standard
32003 Inserts a program listings box.
32004 Program listings are explained in chapter
32006 Program Code Listings
32015 \begin_layout Subsection
32019 \begin_layout Standard
32020 Inserts the actual date.
32021 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
32023 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32033 There the different methods are also compared.
32036 \begin_layout Section
32038 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32039 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32046 \begin_layout Standard
32047 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32048 the current document.
32049 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32052 \begin_layout Standard
32053 The Navigate menu also offers to
32056 \begin_layout Subsection
32060 \begin_layout Standard
32061 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32062 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32064 between section\InsetSpace ~
32066 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32067 2.5 and use the menu
32071 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32075 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32079 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32083 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32095 \begin_layout Standard
32096 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32097 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32100 \begin_layout Subsection
32101 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32104 \begin_layout Standard
32105 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32109 \begin_layout Subsection
32113 \begin_layout Standard
32114 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32115 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32116 on a cross-reference box.
32119 \begin_layout Section
32121 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32122 name "Menu ! Document"
32129 \begin_layout Subsection
32133 \begin_layout Standard
32134 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32136 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32137 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32144 \begin_layout Subsection
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32159 \begin_layout Standard
32160 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32162 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32165 \begin_layout Standard
32166 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32171 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32174 \begin_layout Subsection
32178 \begin_layout Standard
32179 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32181 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32182 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32189 \begin_layout Subsection
32190 Start Appendix Here
32193 \begin_layout Standard
32194 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32195 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32197 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32198 reference "sec:Appendices"
32205 \begin_layout Subsection
32209 \begin_layout Standard
32210 Un/compresses the actual document.
32213 \begin_layout Subsection
32215 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32216 name "sub:Settings"
32221 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32222 name "Document ! Settings"
32229 \begin_layout Standard
32230 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32232 You can save your document settings as default with the
32234 Save as Document Defaults
32236 button in the dialog.
32237 This will create a template named
32241 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32245 \begin_layout Standard
32246 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32249 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32253 \begin_layout Standard
32254 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32255 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32257 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32258 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32263 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32268 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32269 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32272 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32276 \begin_layout Standard
32277 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32280 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32287 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32291 \begin_layout Standard
32292 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32294 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32300 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32301 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32304 \begin_layout Standard
32305 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32313 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32317 \begin_layout Standard
32318 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32320 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32321 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32326 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32327 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32334 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32341 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32342 reference "sub:Margins"
32349 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32351 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32352 name "Language ! Encoding"
32359 \begin_layout Standard
32360 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32361 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32362 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32363 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32364 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32365 known for a particular character).
32369 \begin_layout Standard
32370 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32371 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32376 manual for details.
32384 \begin_layout Standard
32385 If you use the option
32387 use language's default encoding
32389 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32391 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32392 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32393 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32394 exactly one encoding.
32395 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32403 \begin_layout Standard
32404 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32405 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32407 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32408 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32421 \begin_layout Standard
32422 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32423 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32424 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32425 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32426 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32427 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32430 use language's default encoding
32432 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32433 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32434 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32437 \begin_layout Standard
32438 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32441 \begin_layout Description
32445 use language's default encoding
32447 , but the LaTeX-package
32452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32453 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32458 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32461 \begin_layout Description
32462 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32465 \begin_layout Description
32466 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32467 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32470 \begin_layout Description
32471 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32474 \begin_layout Description
32475 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32478 \begin_layout Description
32479 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32482 \begin_layout Description
32483 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32486 \begin_layout Description
32487 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32490 \begin_layout Description
32491 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32492 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32495 \begin_layout Description
32496 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32497 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32500 \begin_layout Description
32501 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32504 \begin_layout Description
32505 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32508 \begin_layout Description
32509 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32512 \begin_layout Description
32513 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32516 \begin_layout Description
32517 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32518 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32519 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32523 \begin_layout Description
32524 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32525 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32528 \begin_layout Description
32529 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32533 \begin_layout Description
32534 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32537 \begin_layout Description
32538 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32539 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32542 \begin_layout Description
32543 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32544 the euro currency sign, the
32548 \begin_layout Standard
32557 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32558 be the replacement for latin1
32561 \begin_layout Description
32562 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32565 \begin_layout Description
32566 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32571 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32572 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32576 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32579 \begin_layout Description
32580 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32584 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32587 \begin_layout Description
32588 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32594 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32598 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32601 \begin_layout Description
32602 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32606 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32614 \begin_layout Standard
32615 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32616 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32629 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32633 \begin_layout Standard
32634 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32635 in section\InsetSpace ~
32637 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32638 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32645 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32649 \begin_layout Standard
32650 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32653 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32654 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32666 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32671 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32673 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32674 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32681 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32685 \begin_layout Standard
32686 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32689 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32690 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32699 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32700 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32706 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32709 \begin_layout Standard
32714 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32715 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32718 \begin_layout Standard
32723 is used for special integral characters.
32726 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32730 \begin_layout Standard
32731 The float placement options are described in section
32732 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32736 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32737 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32744 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32748 \begin_layout Standard
32749 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32750 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32752 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32753 reference "sec:Itemize"
32760 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32764 \begin_layout Standard
32765 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32767 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32768 reference "sec:Branches"
32775 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32780 \begin_layout Standard
32790 \begin_layout Standard
32791 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32792 to define LaTeX-commands.
32793 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32794 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32798 \begin_layout Standard
32799 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32801 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32802 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32809 \begin_layout Section
32811 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32812 name "Menu ! Tools"
32819 \begin_layout Subsection
32823 \begin_layout Standard
32824 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32826 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32827 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32834 \begin_layout Subsection
32838 \begin_layout Standard
32839 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32841 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32842 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32849 \begin_layout Subsection
32851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32859 \begin_layout Standard
32860 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32864 \begin_layout Subsection
32869 \begin_layout Standard
32877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32878 name "TeX Information"
32885 \begin_layout Standard
32886 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32889 \begin_layout Subsection
32891 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32892 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32898 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32905 \begin_layout Standard
32906 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32907 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32909 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32910 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32917 \begin_layout Subsection
32921 \begin_layout Standard
32922 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32923 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32927 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32928 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32935 \begin_layout Section
32937 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32945 \begin_layout Standard
32946 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32950 \begin_layout Standard
32956 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32957 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32959 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32960 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32967 \begin_layout Section
32969 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32970 name "sec:Toolbars"
32977 \begin_layout Standard
32978 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32980 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32981 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32988 \begin_layout Standard
32989 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32990 This is described in the
32998 \begin_layout Subsection
33000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33001 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
33008 \begin_layout Standard
33009 \begin_inset Graphics
33010 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33018 \begin_layout Standard
33019 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33031 \begin_layout Standard
33043 \begin_inset Note Note
33046 \begin_layout Standard
33047 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33052 manual for more information.
33060 \begin_layout Standard
33061 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33067 \begin_layout Standard
33068 \begin_inset Tabular
33069 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33070 <features islongtable="true">
33071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Standard
33078 \begin_inset Graphics
33079 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Standard
33093 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33106 \begin_layout Standard
33107 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33113 \begin_layout Standard
33115 \begin_inset Tabular
33116 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33117 <features islongtable="true">
33118 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33119 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Standard
33127 \begin_inset Graphics
33128 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33141 \begin_layout Standard
33144 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33155 \begin_layout Standard
33156 \begin_inset Graphics
33157 filename ../images/file-open.png
33158 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Standard
33173 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Standard
33185 \begin_inset Graphics
33186 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Standard
33202 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Standard
33214 \begin_inset Graphics
33215 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Standard
33231 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Standard
33243 \begin_inset Graphics
33244 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Standard
33260 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Standard
33272 \begin_inset Graphics
33273 filename ../images/undo.png
33274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Standard
33289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Standard
33301 \begin_inset Graphics
33302 filename ../images/redo.png
33303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Standard
33318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Standard
33330 \begin_inset Graphics
33331 filename ../images/cut.png
33332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Standard
33347 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Standard
33359 \begin_inset Graphics
33360 filename ../images/copy.png
33361 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Standard
33376 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Standard
33388 \begin_inset Graphics
33389 filename ../images/paste.png
33390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Standard
33405 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Standard
33417 \begin_inset Graphics
33418 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33420 rotateOrigin center
33429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33432 \begin_layout Standard
33435 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33436 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33437 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Standard
33449 \begin_inset Graphics
33450 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Standard
33464 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33466 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Standard
33481 \begin_inset Graphics
33482 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Standard
33496 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33498 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Standard
33513 \begin_inset Graphics
33514 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Standard
33528 Formats text using the current settings in the
33530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Standard
33545 \begin_inset Graphics
33546 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Standard
33562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33563 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33564 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Standard
33576 \begin_inset Graphics
33577 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33579 rotateOrigin center
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33601 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Standard
33606 \begin_inset Graphics
33607 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33609 rotateOrigin center
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Standard
33624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Standard
33636 \begin_inset Graphics
33637 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33638 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33639 rotateOrigin center
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Standard
33652 Toggle outline window on/off,
33654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Standard
33666 \begin_inset Graphics
33667 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33669 rotateOrigin center
33678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33681 \begin_layout Standard
33682 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Standard
33693 \begin_inset Graphics
33694 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33696 rotateOrigin center
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Standard
33709 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33722 \begin_layout Subsection
33724 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33725 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33732 \begin_layout Standard
33733 \begin_inset Graphics
33734 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33742 \begin_layout Standard
33743 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33749 \begin_layout Standard
33750 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33754 \begin_layout Standard
33755 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33761 \begin_layout Standard
33762 \begin_inset Tabular
33763 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33764 <features islongtable="true">
33765 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33766 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Standard
33772 \begin_inset Graphics
33773 filename ../images/layout.png
33774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33775 rotateOrigin center
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Standard
33794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33799 \begin_inset Graphics
33800 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33801 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33802 rotateOrigin center
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Standard
33821 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Standard
33826 \begin_inset Graphics
33827 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33828 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33829 rotateOrigin center
33838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33841 \begin_layout Standard
33848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33853 \begin_inset Graphics
33854 filename ../images/layout_List.png
33855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33856 rotateOrigin center
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Standard
33880 \begin_inset Graphics
33881 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
33882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33883 rotateOrigin center
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Standard
33907 \begin_inset Graphics
33908 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
33909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33910 rotateOrigin center
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Standard
33925 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33926 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33939 \begin_inset Graphics
33940 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
33941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33942 rotateOrigin center
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Standard
33957 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33958 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Standard
33971 \begin_inset Graphics
33972 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
33973 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33985 \begin_layout Standard
33988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33989 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Standard
34001 \begin_inset Graphics
34002 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
34003 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Standard
34018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34019 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34031 \begin_inset Graphics
34032 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34033 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Standard
34048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 \begin_inset Graphics
34061 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Standard
34077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Standard
34089 \begin_inset Graphics
34090 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Standard
34106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34118 \begin_inset Graphics
34119 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Standard
34135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Standard
34148 \begin_inset Graphics
34149 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34150 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34162 \begin_layout Standard
34165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34166 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Standard
34178 \begin_inset Graphics
34179 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Standard
34195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34207 \begin_inset Graphics
34208 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34210 rotateOrigin center
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Standard
34225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34226 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34233 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34238 \begin_inset Graphics
34239 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34256 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34268 \begin_layout Standard
34269 \begin_inset Graphics
34270 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Standard
34286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Standard
34298 \begin_inset Graphics
34299 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34322 \begin_layout Standard
34337 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34342 \begin_inset Graphics
34343 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34344 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34373 \begin_inset Graphics
34374 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34376 rotateOrigin center
34385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34388 \begin_layout Standard
34391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34404 \begin_inset Graphics
34405 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34407 rotateOrigin center
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34422 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34423 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34435 \begin_inset Graphics
34436 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34438 rotateOrigin center
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34453 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34467 \begin_layout Subsection
34468 View / Update Toolbar
34469 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34470 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34477 \begin_layout Standard
34478 \begin_inset Graphics
34479 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34486 \begin_layout Standard
34487 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34493 \begin_layout Standard
34494 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34498 \begin_layout Standard
34499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset Tabular
34507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34508 <features islongtable="true">
34509 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34510 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34516 \begin_inset Graphics
34517 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34519 rotateOrigin center
34528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34531 \begin_layout Standard
34534 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34546 \begin_inset Graphics
34547 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34549 rotateOrigin center
34558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34564 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34565 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34577 \begin_inset Graphics
34578 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34579 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34580 rotateOrigin center
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34595 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 \begin_inset Graphics
34608 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34610 rotateOrigin center
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Standard
34625 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34626 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34631 \begin_layout Standard
34632 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34633 functionality is merged with
34635 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34650 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34654 \begin_layout Standard
34655 \begin_inset Graphics
34656 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34657 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34658 rotateOrigin center
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Standard
34673 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34685 \begin_inset Graphics
34686 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34687 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34688 rotateOrigin center
34697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34703 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34704 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34718 \begin_layout Subsection
34722 \begin_layout Standard
34723 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34725 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34726 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34730 , the table toolbar
34731 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34732 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34736 is explained in the
34743 \begin_layout Chapter
34749 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34750 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34755 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34764 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34766 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34769 \begin_layout Section
34773 \begin_layout Subsection
34775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34781 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34782 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34787 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34788 name "Customization ! of menus"
34795 \begin_layout Standard
34796 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34799 \begin_layout Standard
34804 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34813 User Interface File
34814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34815 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34821 name "Customization ! of menus"
34828 \begin_layout Standard
34829 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
34830 interface (ui) file.
34831 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
34832 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
34841 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
34842 files and edit the entries.
34845 \begin_layout Standard
34846 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
34858 entries must be ended with an explicit
34883 and in the case of the
34884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34896 The syntax for the entries is:
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34909 menu or button name
34910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34924 \begin_layout Standard
34926 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34929 All LyX-functions are listed in
34930 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34938 \begin_layout Standard
34939 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34946 An example: Assuming you use the menu
34948 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34951 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
34955 \begin_layout Standard
34956 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34961 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
34964 \begin_layout Standard
34966 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34969 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
34972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34974 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34982 \begin_layout Standard
34983 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34984 Several binding files are available:
34987 \begin_layout Description
34988 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
34991 \begin_layout Description
34992 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
35003 \begin_layout Description
35004 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35008 \begin_layout Standard
35009 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35013 , and bind files for special languages.
35014 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35024 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35028 \begin_layout Standard
35029 Some bind-files, like
35033 , have only a small scope.
35034 When looking at the the end of the file
35038 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35041 \begin_layout Standard
35042 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35043 s with a text editor.
35044 The syntax of the entries is:
35047 \begin_layout Standard
35053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35071 \begin_layout Standard
35072 All LyX-functions are listed in
35073 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35085 \begin_layout Standard
35088 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35089 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35090 restore window size, or use fixed size
35092 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35096 \begin_layout Standard
35099 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35100 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35101 restore window position
35103 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35106 \begin_layout Standard
35109 Restore cursor positions
35111 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35115 \begin_layout Standard
35118 Load opened files from last session
35120 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35126 name "sub:Backup documents"
35131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35132 name "Backup ! Documents"
35139 \begin_layout Standard
35144 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35152 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35155 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35169 Cursor follows scrollbar
35171 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35175 \begin_layout Subsection
35177 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35178 name "Font ! Screen"
35183 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35184 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35191 \begin_layout Standard
35192 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35195 \begin_layout Standard
35196 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35199 \begin_layout Standard
35204 This section only deals with the fonts
35209 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35212 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35223 \begin_layout Standard
35224 By default, LyX uses
35228 as roman (serif) font,
35236 (depends on the system) as
35252 \begin_layout Standard
35253 You can change the font size with the
35260 \begin_layout Standard
35265 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35266 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35267 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35268 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35269 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35272 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35279 \begin_layout Standard
35284 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35285 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35289 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35291 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35292 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35299 \begin_layout Subsection
35301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35302 name "Color ! LyX screen"
35307 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35308 name "Settings ! Color"
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35316 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35317 Choose an item in the list and use the
35324 \begin_layout Subsection
35326 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35327 name "Settings ! Graphics"
35334 \begin_layout Standard
35335 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35338 \begin_layout Standard
35343 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35344 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35346 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35347 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35354 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35357 name "Keyboard Map"
35362 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35363 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35371 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35372 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35373 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35375 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35376 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35383 \begin_layout Standard
35384 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35387 \begin_layout Standard
35392 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35400 \begin_layout Section
35402 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35408 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35409 name "Settings ! Directory"
35416 \begin_layout Description
35417 Working\InsetSpace ~
35418 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35419 It is the default when you
35435 \begin_layout Description
35436 Document\InsetSpace ~
35437 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35439 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35447 \begin_layout Description
35448 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35450 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35451 name "Backup ! Directory"
35455 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35456 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35458 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35459 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35467 will be used to save the backups.
35469 The backup files have the ending
35470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35480 \begin_layout Description
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35492 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35493 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35496 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35499 \begin_layout Standard
35504 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35512 \begin_layout Description
35513 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35514 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35517 \begin_layout Description
35519 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35520 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35521 to find it on the system.
35522 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35523 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35524 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35525 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35526 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35527 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35532 \begin_layout Section
35536 \begin_layout Standard
35537 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35538 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35539 in section\InsetSpace ~
35541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35542 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35546 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35549 \begin_layout Section
35551 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35552 name "Language ! Settings"
35557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35558 name "Settings ! Language"
35565 \begin_layout Subsection
35569 \begin_layout Description
35570 Default\InsetSpace ~
35571 language is the language used in new documents
35574 \begin_layout Description
35575 Language\InsetSpace ~
35576 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35578 The default is the LaTeX-command
35584 that loads the package
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35595 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35596 reference "sec:ERT"
35611 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35612 the document language.
35613 A text label is for instance the word
35614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35621 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35624 \begin_layout Description
35625 Command\InsetSpace ~
35626 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35627 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35628 An example is the start command
35634 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35639 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35647 \begin_layout Description
35648 Command\InsetSpace ~
35654 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35655 command toggles the package on and off.
35658 \begin_layout Description
35660 babel Whether babel is used or not.
35663 \begin_layout Description
35664 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35665 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35666 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35667 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35674 \begin_layout Description
35679 \begin_layout Description
35689 \begin_layout Description
35691 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35692 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35693 the document language will be underlined blue.
35696 \begin_layout Description
35700 language\InsetSpace ~
35701 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35702 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35705 \begin_layout Subsection
35709 \begin_layout Standard
35710 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35713 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35720 \begin_layout Section
35724 \begin_layout Subsection
35726 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35738 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35739 name "Settings ! Printer"
35746 \begin_layout Description
35747 Default\InsetSpace ~
35748 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
35749 The name will be used when the
35756 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35759 \begin_layout Standard
35764 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
35773 \begin_layout Description
35775 output\InsetSpace ~
35777 printer This option works only for the
35782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35794 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
35795 This is an option only for dvips experts.
35798 \begin_layout Description
35799 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35800 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35801 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35802 LaTeX uses for printing.
35803 The default is on most systems
35810 \begin_layout Description
35811 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35812 Command\InsetSpace ~
35813 Options Here you can specify printer options.
35814 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
35815 of the program that provides the
35822 \begin_layout Subsection
35824 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35830 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35831 name "Settings ! Date format"
35838 \begin_layout Standard
35839 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
35842 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
35843 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
35849 For example the format
35853 prints the date as day/month/year.
35856 \begin_layout Subsection
35860 \begin_layout Description
35861 Output\InsetSpace ~
35863 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
35864 when using the menu
35866 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35867 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35872 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35876 \begin_layout Description
35878 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
35883 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
35884 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35887 \begin_layout Subsection
35892 \begin_layout Standard
35900 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35901 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
35906 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35907 name "Settings ! LaTeX"
35914 \begin_layout Description
35919 \begin_layout Standard
35927 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
35932 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
35954 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
35955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35967 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
35968 LyX sets up in the background.
35969 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
35972 \begin_layout Description
35973 Default\InsetSpace ~
35975 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
35980 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
35983 \begin_layout Description
35986 options\InsetSpace ~
35988 document\InsetSpace ~
35989 classes\InsetSpace ~
35990 changes Removes all manually set document
35991 class options in the
35993 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35996 dialog when changing the document class.
35999 \begin_layout Standard
36002 External Applications
36004 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
36005 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
36006 manuals of the applications.
36007 Currently the following commands can be set:
36010 \begin_layout Description
36015 \begin_layout Standard
36023 command Command for the program
36027 that is described in section
36038 \begin_layout Description
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36051 command Command for the program
36055 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
36057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36058 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36065 \begin_layout Description
36067 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
36069 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36070 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36077 \begin_layout Description
36079 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36082 options They only have an effect when the program
36086 is used as DVI-viewer.
36089 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36097 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36098 name "Settings ! Paths"
36105 \begin_layout Standard
36108 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36110 uses the Windows path style:
36113 \begin_layout Standard
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 instead of the Unix path style:
36125 \begin_layout Standard
36129 \begin_layout Section
36131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36139 \begin_layout Standard
36140 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36141 from one format to another.
36142 You can modify them or create new ones.
36143 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36157 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36163 drop-down list, modify the
36167 field, and press the
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36177 Converter File Cache
36179 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36182 Maximum Age (in days
36185 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36186 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36191 the converter definition, is described in section
36202 \begin_layout Section
36204 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36205 name "File formats"
36210 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36211 name "sec:File-Formats"
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36219 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
36220 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
36222 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
36239 \begin_layout Standard
36240 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
36241 is described in section
36252 \begin_layout Section
36254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36262 \begin_layout Standard
36263 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
36264 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36265 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36266 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36267 This is done by a Copier.
36270 \begin_layout Standard
36271 More about converters is described in section
36282 \begin_layout Chapter
36283 Units available in LyX
36284 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36290 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36291 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36298 \begin_layout Standard
36299 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36300 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36301 reference "cap:Units"
36305 explains all units available in LyX.
36308 \begin_layout Standard
36309 \begin_inset Float table
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 \begin_inset Caption
36318 \begin_layout Standard
36319 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36332 \begin_layout Standard
36333 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36339 \begin_layout Standard
36341 \begin_inset Tabular
36342 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36346 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36366 <row topline="true">
36367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36379 \begin_layout Standard
36386 <row topline="true">
36387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36390 \begin_layout Standard
36396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36406 <row topline="true">
36407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36410 \begin_layout Standard
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Standard
36426 <row topline="true">
36427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36439 \begin_layout Standard
36440 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36441 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36448 <row topline="true">
36449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36461 \begin_layout Standard
36462 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36463 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36470 <row topline="true">
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Standard
36480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36483 \begin_layout Standard
36484 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36485 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36492 <row topline="true">
36493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36496 \begin_layout Standard
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36507 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36514 <row topline="true">
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36530 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36533 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36540 <row topline="true">
36541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36555 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36562 <row topline="true">
36563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36566 \begin_layout Standard
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Standard
36576 % of original image width
36582 <row topline="true">
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36595 \begin_layout Standard
36602 <row topline="true">
36603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36615 \begin_layout Standard
36622 <row topline="true">
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36642 <row topline="true">
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36662 <row topline="true">
36663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36666 \begin_layout Standard
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Standard
36682 <row topline="true">
36683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36686 \begin_layout Standard
36692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36695 \begin_layout Standard
36702 <row topline="true">
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36726 <row topline="true">
36727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36750 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36764 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36765 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36784 \begin_layout Chapter
36786 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36794 \begin_layout Standard
36795 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36796 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36799 \begin_layout Itemize
36802 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36805 \begin_layout Itemize
36811 \begin_layout Itemize
36817 \begin_layout Itemize
36823 \begin_layout Itemize
36829 \begin_layout Itemize
36835 \begin_layout Itemize
36841 \begin_layout Itemize
36847 \begin_layout Itemize
36850 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
36853 \begin_layout Itemize
36859 \begin_layout Itemize
36865 \begin_layout Itemize
36871 \begin_layout Itemize
36877 \begin_layout Itemize
36883 \begin_layout Itemize
36889 \begin_layout Itemize
36895 \begin_layout Itemize
36901 \begin_layout Itemize
36903 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36914 Bibliography created with the
36921 \begin_layout Bibliography
36922 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36932 \begin_layout Standard
36936 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36946 \begin_inset Note Note
36949 \begin_layout Standard
36956 is explained in the
36961 It creates a TOC entry.
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
36966 two different ones in one document.
36975 \begin_layout Standard
36979 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36996 \begin_inset Note Note
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37006 is explained in the
37011 It creates a hyperlink.
37019 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37020 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37027 \begin_layout Bibliography
37028 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37029 key "latexcompanion"
37033 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37035 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37038 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37041 \begin_layout Bibliography
37042 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37047 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37050 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37053 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37056 \begin_layout Bibliography
37057 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37064 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37067 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37070 \begin_layout Bibliography
37071 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37083 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37086 \begin_layout Bibliography
37087 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37095 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37096 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37103 \begin_layout Bibliography
37104 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37110 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37111 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37112 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37119 \begin_layout Bibliography
37120 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37133 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37142 \begin_layout Standard
37156 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37157 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37164 \begin_layout Bibliography
37165 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37174 \begin_layout Standard
37178 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37194 of the LaTeX-package
37199 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37200 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37207 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37208 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37215 \begin_layout Bibliography
37216 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37225 \begin_layout Standard
37229 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37239 \begin_layout Standard
37246 of the LaTeX-package
37251 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37252 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37259 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37260 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37267 \begin_layout Bibliography
37268 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37277 \begin_layout Standard
37281 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37291 \begin_layout Standard
37298 of the LaTeX-package
37303 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37304 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37311 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37312 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37319 \begin_layout Bibliography
37320 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37329 \begin_layout Standard
37333 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37342 \begin_layout Standard
37349 of the LaTeX-package
37354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37355 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37362 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37363 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37370 \begin_layout Bibliography
37371 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37380 \begin_layout Standard
37384 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37393 \begin_layout Standard
37400 of the LaTeX-package
37405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37406 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37413 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37414 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37421 \begin_layout Bibliography
37422 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37435 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37451 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37454 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37455 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37462 \begin_layout Bibliography
37463 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37472 \begin_layout Standard
37476 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37492 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37495 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37496 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37503 \begin_layout Bibliography
37504 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37513 \begin_layout Standard
37517 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37526 \begin_layout Standard
37533 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37536 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37537 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37544 \begin_layout Bibliography
37545 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37554 \begin_layout Standard
37558 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37567 \begin_layout Standard
37574 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37577 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37578 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37585 \begin_layout Bibliography
37586 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37595 \begin_layout Standard
37599 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37608 \begin_layout Standard
37615 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37618 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37619 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37626 \begin_layout Bibliography
37627 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37636 \begin_layout Standard
37640 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37649 \begin_layout Standard
37656 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37659 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37660 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37667 \begin_layout Standard
37671 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37672 options "biblio/alphadin"
37673 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37680 \begin_layout Standard
37681 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37684 \begin_layout Standard
37688 \begin_layout Standard
37692 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37702 \begin_inset Note Note
37705 \begin_layout Standard
37712 is explained in the
37717 It creates a TOC entry.
37720 \begin_layout Standard
37721 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37722 two different ones in one document.
37730 \begin_layout Standard
37733 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37738 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex